mirror of
https://github.com/rclone/rclone.git
synced 2024-12-12 18:21:57 +01:00
9894 lines
340 KiB
Go
9894 lines
340 KiB
Go
// Code generated by private/model/cli/gen-api/main.go. DO NOT EDIT.
|
|
|
|
package workdocs
|
|
|
|
import (
|
|
"fmt"
|
|
"time"
|
|
|
|
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
|
|
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil"
|
|
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request"
|
|
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol"
|
|
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/restjson"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const opAbortDocumentVersionUpload = "AbortDocumentVersionUpload"
|
|
|
|
// AbortDocumentVersionUploadRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the AbortDocumentVersionUpload operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
// is called.
|
|
//
|
|
// See AbortDocumentVersionUpload for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the AbortDocumentVersionUpload method directly
|
|
// instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the AbortDocumentVersionUploadRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.AbortDocumentVersionUploadRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/AbortDocumentVersionUpload
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) AbortDocumentVersionUploadRequest(input *AbortDocumentVersionUploadInput) (req *request.Request, output *AbortDocumentVersionUploadOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opAbortDocumentVersionUpload,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/api/v1/documents/{DocumentId}/versions/{VersionId}",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &AbortDocumentVersionUploadInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &AbortDocumentVersionUploadOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restjson.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// AbortDocumentVersionUpload API operation for Amazon WorkDocs.
|
|
//
|
|
// Aborts the upload of the specified document version that was previously initiated
|
|
// by InitiateDocumentVersionUpload. The client should make this call only when
|
|
// it no longer intends to upload the document version, or fails to do so.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon WorkDocs's
|
|
// API operation AbortDocumentVersionUpload for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeEntityNotExistsException "EntityNotExistsException"
|
|
// The resource does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeProhibitedStateException "ProhibitedStateException"
|
|
// The specified document version is not in the INITIALIZED state.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedOperationException "UnauthorizedOperationException"
|
|
// The operation is not permitted.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedResourceAccessException "UnauthorizedResourceAccessException"
|
|
// The caller does not have access to perform the action on the resource.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeFailedDependencyException "FailedDependencyException"
|
|
// The AWS Directory Service cannot reach an on-premises instance. Or a dependency
|
|
// under the control of the organization is failing, such as a connected active
|
|
// directory.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
|
// One or more of the dependencies is unavailable.
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/AbortDocumentVersionUpload
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) AbortDocumentVersionUpload(input *AbortDocumentVersionUploadInput) (*AbortDocumentVersionUploadOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.AbortDocumentVersionUploadRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// AbortDocumentVersionUploadWithContext is the same as AbortDocumentVersionUpload with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See AbortDocumentVersionUpload for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) AbortDocumentVersionUploadWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *AbortDocumentVersionUploadInput, opts ...request.Option) (*AbortDocumentVersionUploadOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.AbortDocumentVersionUploadRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opActivateUser = "ActivateUser"
|
|
|
|
// ActivateUserRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ActivateUser operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
// is called.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ActivateUser for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the ActivateUser method directly
|
|
// instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ActivateUserRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ActivateUserRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/ActivateUser
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) ActivateUserRequest(input *ActivateUserInput) (req *request.Request, output *ActivateUserOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opActivateUser,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/api/v1/users/{UserId}/activation",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ActivateUserInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &ActivateUserOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ActivateUser API operation for Amazon WorkDocs.
|
|
//
|
|
// Activates the specified user. Only active users can access Amazon WorkDocs.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon WorkDocs's
|
|
// API operation ActivateUser for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeEntityNotExistsException "EntityNotExistsException"
|
|
// The resource does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedOperationException "UnauthorizedOperationException"
|
|
// The operation is not permitted.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedResourceAccessException "UnauthorizedResourceAccessException"
|
|
// The caller does not have access to perform the action on the resource.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeFailedDependencyException "FailedDependencyException"
|
|
// The AWS Directory Service cannot reach an on-premises instance. Or a dependency
|
|
// under the control of the organization is failing, such as a connected active
|
|
// directory.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
|
// One or more of the dependencies is unavailable.
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/ActivateUser
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) ActivateUser(input *ActivateUserInput) (*ActivateUserOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ActivateUserRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ActivateUserWithContext is the same as ActivateUser with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ActivateUser for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) ActivateUserWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ActivateUserInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ActivateUserOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ActivateUserRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opAddResourcePermissions = "AddResourcePermissions"
|
|
|
|
// AddResourcePermissionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the AddResourcePermissions operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
// is called.
|
|
//
|
|
// See AddResourcePermissions for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the AddResourcePermissions method directly
|
|
// instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the AddResourcePermissionsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.AddResourcePermissionsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/AddResourcePermissions
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) AddResourcePermissionsRequest(input *AddResourcePermissionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *AddResourcePermissionsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opAddResourcePermissions,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/api/v1/resources/{ResourceId}/permissions",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &AddResourcePermissionsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &AddResourcePermissionsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// AddResourcePermissions API operation for Amazon WorkDocs.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creates a set of permissions for the specified folder or document. The resource
|
|
// permissions are overwritten if the principals already have different permissions.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon WorkDocs's
|
|
// API operation AddResourcePermissions for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedOperationException "UnauthorizedOperationException"
|
|
// The operation is not permitted.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedResourceAccessException "UnauthorizedResourceAccessException"
|
|
// The caller does not have access to perform the action on the resource.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeFailedDependencyException "FailedDependencyException"
|
|
// The AWS Directory Service cannot reach an on-premises instance. Or a dependency
|
|
// under the control of the organization is failing, such as a connected active
|
|
// directory.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
|
// One or more of the dependencies is unavailable.
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/AddResourcePermissions
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) AddResourcePermissions(input *AddResourcePermissionsInput) (*AddResourcePermissionsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.AddResourcePermissionsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// AddResourcePermissionsWithContext is the same as AddResourcePermissions with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See AddResourcePermissions for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) AddResourcePermissionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *AddResourcePermissionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*AddResourcePermissionsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.AddResourcePermissionsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreateComment = "CreateComment"
|
|
|
|
// CreateCommentRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CreateComment operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
// is called.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateComment for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the CreateComment method directly
|
|
// instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CreateCommentRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CreateCommentRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/CreateComment
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) CreateCommentRequest(input *CreateCommentInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateCommentOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreateComment,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/api/v1/documents/{DocumentId}/versions/{VersionId}/comment",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreateCommentInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &CreateCommentOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateComment API operation for Amazon WorkDocs.
|
|
//
|
|
// Adds a new comment to the specified document version.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon WorkDocs's
|
|
// API operation CreateComment for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeEntityNotExistsException "EntityNotExistsException"
|
|
// The resource does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeProhibitedStateException "ProhibitedStateException"
|
|
// The specified document version is not in the INITIALIZED state.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedOperationException "UnauthorizedOperationException"
|
|
// The operation is not permitted.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedResourceAccessException "UnauthorizedResourceAccessException"
|
|
// The caller does not have access to perform the action on the resource.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeFailedDependencyException "FailedDependencyException"
|
|
// The AWS Directory Service cannot reach an on-premises instance. Or a dependency
|
|
// under the control of the organization is failing, such as a connected active
|
|
// directory.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
|
// One or more of the dependencies is unavailable.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDocumentLockedForCommentsException "DocumentLockedForCommentsException"
|
|
// This exception is thrown when the document is locked for comments and user
|
|
// tries to create or delete a comment on that document.
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/CreateComment
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) CreateComment(input *CreateCommentInput) (*CreateCommentOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateCommentRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateCommentWithContext is the same as CreateComment with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateComment for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) CreateCommentWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateCommentInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateCommentOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateCommentRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreateCustomMetadata = "CreateCustomMetadata"
|
|
|
|
// CreateCustomMetadataRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CreateCustomMetadata operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
// is called.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateCustomMetadata for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the CreateCustomMetadata method directly
|
|
// instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CreateCustomMetadataRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CreateCustomMetadataRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/CreateCustomMetadata
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) CreateCustomMetadataRequest(input *CreateCustomMetadataInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateCustomMetadataOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreateCustomMetadata,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "PUT",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/api/v1/resources/{ResourceId}/customMetadata",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreateCustomMetadataInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &CreateCustomMetadataOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateCustomMetadata API operation for Amazon WorkDocs.
|
|
//
|
|
// Adds one or more custom properties to the specified resource (a folder, document,
|
|
// or version).
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon WorkDocs's
|
|
// API operation CreateCustomMetadata for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeEntityNotExistsException "EntityNotExistsException"
|
|
// The resource does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedOperationException "UnauthorizedOperationException"
|
|
// The operation is not permitted.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedResourceAccessException "UnauthorizedResourceAccessException"
|
|
// The caller does not have access to perform the action on the resource.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeProhibitedStateException "ProhibitedStateException"
|
|
// The specified document version is not in the INITIALIZED state.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeCustomMetadataLimitExceededException "CustomMetadataLimitExceededException"
|
|
// The limit has been reached on the number of custom properties for the specified
|
|
// resource.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeFailedDependencyException "FailedDependencyException"
|
|
// The AWS Directory Service cannot reach an on-premises instance. Or a dependency
|
|
// under the control of the organization is failing, such as a connected active
|
|
// directory.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
|
// One or more of the dependencies is unavailable.
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/CreateCustomMetadata
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) CreateCustomMetadata(input *CreateCustomMetadataInput) (*CreateCustomMetadataOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateCustomMetadataRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateCustomMetadataWithContext is the same as CreateCustomMetadata with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateCustomMetadata for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) CreateCustomMetadataWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateCustomMetadataInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateCustomMetadataOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateCustomMetadataRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreateFolder = "CreateFolder"
|
|
|
|
// CreateFolderRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CreateFolder operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
// is called.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateFolder for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the CreateFolder method directly
|
|
// instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CreateFolderRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CreateFolderRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/CreateFolder
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) CreateFolderRequest(input *CreateFolderInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateFolderOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreateFolder,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/api/v1/folders",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreateFolderInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &CreateFolderOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateFolder API operation for Amazon WorkDocs.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creates a folder with the specified name and parent folder.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon WorkDocs's
|
|
// API operation CreateFolder for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeEntityNotExistsException "EntityNotExistsException"
|
|
// The resource does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEntityAlreadyExistsException "EntityAlreadyExistsException"
|
|
// The resource already exists.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeProhibitedStateException "ProhibitedStateException"
|
|
// The specified document version is not in the INITIALIZED state.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceededException"
|
|
// The maximum of 100,000 folders under the parent folder has been exceeded.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedOperationException "UnauthorizedOperationException"
|
|
// The operation is not permitted.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedResourceAccessException "UnauthorizedResourceAccessException"
|
|
// The caller does not have access to perform the action on the resource.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeFailedDependencyException "FailedDependencyException"
|
|
// The AWS Directory Service cannot reach an on-premises instance. Or a dependency
|
|
// under the control of the organization is failing, such as a connected active
|
|
// directory.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
|
// One or more of the dependencies is unavailable.
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/CreateFolder
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) CreateFolder(input *CreateFolderInput) (*CreateFolderOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateFolderRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateFolderWithContext is the same as CreateFolder with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateFolder for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) CreateFolderWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateFolderInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateFolderOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateFolderRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreateLabels = "CreateLabels"
|
|
|
|
// CreateLabelsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CreateLabels operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
// is called.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateLabels for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the CreateLabels method directly
|
|
// instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CreateLabelsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CreateLabelsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/CreateLabels
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) CreateLabelsRequest(input *CreateLabelsInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateLabelsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreateLabels,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "PUT",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/api/v1/resources/{ResourceId}/labels",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreateLabelsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &CreateLabelsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateLabels API operation for Amazon WorkDocs.
|
|
//
|
|
// Adds the specified list of labels to the given resource (a document or folder)
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon WorkDocs's
|
|
// API operation CreateLabels for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeEntityNotExistsException "EntityNotExistsException"
|
|
// The resource does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedOperationException "UnauthorizedOperationException"
|
|
// The operation is not permitted.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedResourceAccessException "UnauthorizedResourceAccessException"
|
|
// The caller does not have access to perform the action on the resource.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeFailedDependencyException "FailedDependencyException"
|
|
// The AWS Directory Service cannot reach an on-premises instance. Or a dependency
|
|
// under the control of the organization is failing, such as a connected active
|
|
// directory.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
|
// One or more of the dependencies is unavailable.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeTooManyLabelsException "TooManyLabelsException"
|
|
// The limit has been reached on the number of labels for the specified resource.
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/CreateLabels
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) CreateLabels(input *CreateLabelsInput) (*CreateLabelsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateLabelsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateLabelsWithContext is the same as CreateLabels with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateLabels for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) CreateLabelsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateLabelsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateLabelsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateLabelsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreateNotificationSubscription = "CreateNotificationSubscription"
|
|
|
|
// CreateNotificationSubscriptionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CreateNotificationSubscription operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
// is called.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateNotificationSubscription for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the CreateNotificationSubscription method directly
|
|
// instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CreateNotificationSubscriptionRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CreateNotificationSubscriptionRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/CreateNotificationSubscription
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) CreateNotificationSubscriptionRequest(input *CreateNotificationSubscriptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateNotificationSubscriptionOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreateNotificationSubscription,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/api/v1/organizations/{OrganizationId}/subscriptions",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreateNotificationSubscriptionInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &CreateNotificationSubscriptionOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateNotificationSubscription API operation for Amazon WorkDocs.
|
|
//
|
|
// Configure WorkDocs to use Amazon SNS notifications.
|
|
//
|
|
// The endpoint receives a confirmation message, and must confirm the subscription.
|
|
// For more information, see Confirm the Subscription (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/sns/latest/dg/SendMessageToHttp.html#SendMessageToHttp.confirm)
|
|
// in the Amazon Simple Notification Service Developer Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon WorkDocs's
|
|
// API operation CreateNotificationSubscription for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedResourceAccessException "UnauthorizedResourceAccessException"
|
|
// The caller does not have access to perform the action on the resource.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeTooManySubscriptionsException "TooManySubscriptionsException"
|
|
// You've reached the limit on the number of subscriptions for the WorkDocs
|
|
// instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
|
// One or more of the dependencies is unavailable.
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/CreateNotificationSubscription
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) CreateNotificationSubscription(input *CreateNotificationSubscriptionInput) (*CreateNotificationSubscriptionOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateNotificationSubscriptionRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateNotificationSubscriptionWithContext is the same as CreateNotificationSubscription with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateNotificationSubscription for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) CreateNotificationSubscriptionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateNotificationSubscriptionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateNotificationSubscriptionOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateNotificationSubscriptionRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreateUser = "CreateUser"
|
|
|
|
// CreateUserRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CreateUser operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
// is called.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateUser for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the CreateUser method directly
|
|
// instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CreateUserRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CreateUserRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/CreateUser
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) CreateUserRequest(input *CreateUserInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateUserOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreateUser,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/api/v1/users",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreateUserInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &CreateUserOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateUser API operation for Amazon WorkDocs.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creates a user in a Simple AD or Microsoft AD directory. The status of a
|
|
// newly created user is "ACTIVE". New users can access Amazon WorkDocs.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon WorkDocs's
|
|
// API operation CreateUser for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeEntityAlreadyExistsException "EntityAlreadyExistsException"
|
|
// The resource already exists.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedOperationException "UnauthorizedOperationException"
|
|
// The operation is not permitted.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedResourceAccessException "UnauthorizedResourceAccessException"
|
|
// The caller does not have access to perform the action on the resource.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeFailedDependencyException "FailedDependencyException"
|
|
// The AWS Directory Service cannot reach an on-premises instance. Or a dependency
|
|
// under the control of the organization is failing, such as a connected active
|
|
// directory.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
|
// One or more of the dependencies is unavailable.
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/CreateUser
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) CreateUser(input *CreateUserInput) (*CreateUserOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateUserRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateUserWithContext is the same as CreateUser with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateUser for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) CreateUserWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateUserInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateUserOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateUserRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeactivateUser = "DeactivateUser"
|
|
|
|
// DeactivateUserRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DeactivateUser operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
// is called.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeactivateUser for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the DeactivateUser method directly
|
|
// instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DeactivateUserRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DeactivateUserRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/DeactivateUser
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) DeactivateUserRequest(input *DeactivateUserInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeactivateUserOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeactivateUser,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/api/v1/users/{UserId}/activation",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeactivateUserInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DeactivateUserOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restjson.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeactivateUser API operation for Amazon WorkDocs.
|
|
//
|
|
// Deactivates the specified user, which revokes the user's access to Amazon
|
|
// WorkDocs.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon WorkDocs's
|
|
// API operation DeactivateUser for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeEntityNotExistsException "EntityNotExistsException"
|
|
// The resource does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedOperationException "UnauthorizedOperationException"
|
|
// The operation is not permitted.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedResourceAccessException "UnauthorizedResourceAccessException"
|
|
// The caller does not have access to perform the action on the resource.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeFailedDependencyException "FailedDependencyException"
|
|
// The AWS Directory Service cannot reach an on-premises instance. Or a dependency
|
|
// under the control of the organization is failing, such as a connected active
|
|
// directory.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
|
// One or more of the dependencies is unavailable.
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/DeactivateUser
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) DeactivateUser(input *DeactivateUserInput) (*DeactivateUserOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeactivateUserRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeactivateUserWithContext is the same as DeactivateUser with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeactivateUser for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) DeactivateUserWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeactivateUserInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeactivateUserOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeactivateUserRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeleteComment = "DeleteComment"
|
|
|
|
// DeleteCommentRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DeleteComment operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
// is called.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteComment for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the DeleteComment method directly
|
|
// instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteCommentRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DeleteCommentRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/DeleteComment
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) DeleteCommentRequest(input *DeleteCommentInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteCommentOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeleteComment,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/api/v1/documents/{DocumentId}/versions/{VersionId}/comment/{CommentId}",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeleteCommentInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DeleteCommentOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restjson.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteComment API operation for Amazon WorkDocs.
|
|
//
|
|
// Deletes the specified comment from the document version.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon WorkDocs's
|
|
// API operation DeleteComment for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeEntityNotExistsException "EntityNotExistsException"
|
|
// The resource does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeProhibitedStateException "ProhibitedStateException"
|
|
// The specified document version is not in the INITIALIZED state.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedOperationException "UnauthorizedOperationException"
|
|
// The operation is not permitted.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedResourceAccessException "UnauthorizedResourceAccessException"
|
|
// The caller does not have access to perform the action on the resource.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeFailedDependencyException "FailedDependencyException"
|
|
// The AWS Directory Service cannot reach an on-premises instance. Or a dependency
|
|
// under the control of the organization is failing, such as a connected active
|
|
// directory.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
|
// One or more of the dependencies is unavailable.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDocumentLockedForCommentsException "DocumentLockedForCommentsException"
|
|
// This exception is thrown when the document is locked for comments and user
|
|
// tries to create or delete a comment on that document.
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/DeleteComment
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) DeleteComment(input *DeleteCommentInput) (*DeleteCommentOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteCommentRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteCommentWithContext is the same as DeleteComment with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteComment for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) DeleteCommentWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteCommentInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteCommentOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteCommentRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeleteCustomMetadata = "DeleteCustomMetadata"
|
|
|
|
// DeleteCustomMetadataRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DeleteCustomMetadata operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
// is called.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteCustomMetadata for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the DeleteCustomMetadata method directly
|
|
// instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteCustomMetadataRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DeleteCustomMetadataRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/DeleteCustomMetadata
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) DeleteCustomMetadataRequest(input *DeleteCustomMetadataInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteCustomMetadataOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeleteCustomMetadata,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/api/v1/resources/{ResourceId}/customMetadata",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeleteCustomMetadataInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DeleteCustomMetadataOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteCustomMetadata API operation for Amazon WorkDocs.
|
|
//
|
|
// Deletes custom metadata from the specified resource.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon WorkDocs's
|
|
// API operation DeleteCustomMetadata for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeEntityNotExistsException "EntityNotExistsException"
|
|
// The resource does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedOperationException "UnauthorizedOperationException"
|
|
// The operation is not permitted.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedResourceAccessException "UnauthorizedResourceAccessException"
|
|
// The caller does not have access to perform the action on the resource.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeProhibitedStateException "ProhibitedStateException"
|
|
// The specified document version is not in the INITIALIZED state.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeFailedDependencyException "FailedDependencyException"
|
|
// The AWS Directory Service cannot reach an on-premises instance. Or a dependency
|
|
// under the control of the organization is failing, such as a connected active
|
|
// directory.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
|
// One or more of the dependencies is unavailable.
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/DeleteCustomMetadata
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) DeleteCustomMetadata(input *DeleteCustomMetadataInput) (*DeleteCustomMetadataOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteCustomMetadataRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteCustomMetadataWithContext is the same as DeleteCustomMetadata with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteCustomMetadata for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) DeleteCustomMetadataWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteCustomMetadataInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteCustomMetadataOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteCustomMetadataRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeleteDocument = "DeleteDocument"
|
|
|
|
// DeleteDocumentRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DeleteDocument operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
// is called.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteDocument for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the DeleteDocument method directly
|
|
// instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteDocumentRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DeleteDocumentRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/DeleteDocument
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) DeleteDocumentRequest(input *DeleteDocumentInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDocumentOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeleteDocument,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/api/v1/documents/{DocumentId}",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeleteDocumentInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DeleteDocumentOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restjson.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteDocument API operation for Amazon WorkDocs.
|
|
//
|
|
// Permanently deletes the specified document and its associated metadata.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon WorkDocs's
|
|
// API operation DeleteDocument for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeEntityNotExistsException "EntityNotExistsException"
|
|
// The resource does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeProhibitedStateException "ProhibitedStateException"
|
|
// The specified document version is not in the INITIALIZED state.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeConcurrentModificationException "ConcurrentModificationException"
|
|
// The resource hierarchy is changing.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedOperationException "UnauthorizedOperationException"
|
|
// The operation is not permitted.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedResourceAccessException "UnauthorizedResourceAccessException"
|
|
// The caller does not have access to perform the action on the resource.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeFailedDependencyException "FailedDependencyException"
|
|
// The AWS Directory Service cannot reach an on-premises instance. Or a dependency
|
|
// under the control of the organization is failing, such as a connected active
|
|
// directory.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
|
// One or more of the dependencies is unavailable.
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/DeleteDocument
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) DeleteDocument(input *DeleteDocumentInput) (*DeleteDocumentOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteDocumentRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteDocumentWithContext is the same as DeleteDocument with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteDocument for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) DeleteDocumentWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteDocumentInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteDocumentOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteDocumentRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeleteFolder = "DeleteFolder"
|
|
|
|
// DeleteFolderRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DeleteFolder operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
// is called.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteFolder for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the DeleteFolder method directly
|
|
// instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteFolderRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DeleteFolderRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/DeleteFolder
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) DeleteFolderRequest(input *DeleteFolderInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteFolderOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeleteFolder,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/api/v1/folders/{FolderId}",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeleteFolderInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DeleteFolderOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restjson.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteFolder API operation for Amazon WorkDocs.
|
|
//
|
|
// Permanently deletes the specified folder and its contents.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon WorkDocs's
|
|
// API operation DeleteFolder for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeEntityNotExistsException "EntityNotExistsException"
|
|
// The resource does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeProhibitedStateException "ProhibitedStateException"
|
|
// The specified document version is not in the INITIALIZED state.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeConcurrentModificationException "ConcurrentModificationException"
|
|
// The resource hierarchy is changing.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedOperationException "UnauthorizedOperationException"
|
|
// The operation is not permitted.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedResourceAccessException "UnauthorizedResourceAccessException"
|
|
// The caller does not have access to perform the action on the resource.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeFailedDependencyException "FailedDependencyException"
|
|
// The AWS Directory Service cannot reach an on-premises instance. Or a dependency
|
|
// under the control of the organization is failing, such as a connected active
|
|
// directory.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
|
// One or more of the dependencies is unavailable.
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/DeleteFolder
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) DeleteFolder(input *DeleteFolderInput) (*DeleteFolderOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteFolderRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteFolderWithContext is the same as DeleteFolder with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteFolder for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) DeleteFolderWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteFolderInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteFolderOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteFolderRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeleteFolderContents = "DeleteFolderContents"
|
|
|
|
// DeleteFolderContentsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DeleteFolderContents operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
// is called.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteFolderContents for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the DeleteFolderContents method directly
|
|
// instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteFolderContentsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DeleteFolderContentsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/DeleteFolderContents
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) DeleteFolderContentsRequest(input *DeleteFolderContentsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteFolderContentsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeleteFolderContents,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/api/v1/folders/{FolderId}/contents",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeleteFolderContentsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DeleteFolderContentsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restjson.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteFolderContents API operation for Amazon WorkDocs.
|
|
//
|
|
// Deletes the contents of the specified folder.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon WorkDocs's
|
|
// API operation DeleteFolderContents for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeEntityNotExistsException "EntityNotExistsException"
|
|
// The resource does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedOperationException "UnauthorizedOperationException"
|
|
// The operation is not permitted.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedResourceAccessException "UnauthorizedResourceAccessException"
|
|
// The caller does not have access to perform the action on the resource.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeFailedDependencyException "FailedDependencyException"
|
|
// The AWS Directory Service cannot reach an on-premises instance. Or a dependency
|
|
// under the control of the organization is failing, such as a connected active
|
|
// directory.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
|
// One or more of the dependencies is unavailable.
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/DeleteFolderContents
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) DeleteFolderContents(input *DeleteFolderContentsInput) (*DeleteFolderContentsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteFolderContentsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteFolderContentsWithContext is the same as DeleteFolderContents with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteFolderContents for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) DeleteFolderContentsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteFolderContentsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteFolderContentsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteFolderContentsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeleteLabels = "DeleteLabels"
|
|
|
|
// DeleteLabelsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DeleteLabels operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
// is called.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteLabels for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the DeleteLabels method directly
|
|
// instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteLabelsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DeleteLabelsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/DeleteLabels
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) DeleteLabelsRequest(input *DeleteLabelsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteLabelsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeleteLabels,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/api/v1/resources/{ResourceId}/labels",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeleteLabelsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DeleteLabelsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteLabels API operation for Amazon WorkDocs.
|
|
//
|
|
// Deletes the specified list of labels from a resource.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon WorkDocs's
|
|
// API operation DeleteLabels for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeEntityNotExistsException "EntityNotExistsException"
|
|
// The resource does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedOperationException "UnauthorizedOperationException"
|
|
// The operation is not permitted.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedResourceAccessException "UnauthorizedResourceAccessException"
|
|
// The caller does not have access to perform the action on the resource.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeFailedDependencyException "FailedDependencyException"
|
|
// The AWS Directory Service cannot reach an on-premises instance. Or a dependency
|
|
// under the control of the organization is failing, such as a connected active
|
|
// directory.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
|
// One or more of the dependencies is unavailable.
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/DeleteLabels
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) DeleteLabels(input *DeleteLabelsInput) (*DeleteLabelsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteLabelsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteLabelsWithContext is the same as DeleteLabels with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteLabels for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) DeleteLabelsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteLabelsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteLabelsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteLabelsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeleteNotificationSubscription = "DeleteNotificationSubscription"
|
|
|
|
// DeleteNotificationSubscriptionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DeleteNotificationSubscription operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
// is called.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteNotificationSubscription for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the DeleteNotificationSubscription method directly
|
|
// instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteNotificationSubscriptionRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DeleteNotificationSubscriptionRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/DeleteNotificationSubscription
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) DeleteNotificationSubscriptionRequest(input *DeleteNotificationSubscriptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteNotificationSubscriptionOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeleteNotificationSubscription,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/api/v1/organizations/{OrganizationId}/subscriptions/{SubscriptionId}",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeleteNotificationSubscriptionInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DeleteNotificationSubscriptionOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restjson.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteNotificationSubscription API operation for Amazon WorkDocs.
|
|
//
|
|
// Deletes the specified subscription from the specified organization.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon WorkDocs's
|
|
// API operation DeleteNotificationSubscription for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedResourceAccessException "UnauthorizedResourceAccessException"
|
|
// The caller does not have access to perform the action on the resource.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEntityNotExistsException "EntityNotExistsException"
|
|
// The resource does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
|
// One or more of the dependencies is unavailable.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeProhibitedStateException "ProhibitedStateException"
|
|
// The specified document version is not in the INITIALIZED state.
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/DeleteNotificationSubscription
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) DeleteNotificationSubscription(input *DeleteNotificationSubscriptionInput) (*DeleteNotificationSubscriptionOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteNotificationSubscriptionRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteNotificationSubscriptionWithContext is the same as DeleteNotificationSubscription with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteNotificationSubscription for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) DeleteNotificationSubscriptionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteNotificationSubscriptionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteNotificationSubscriptionOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteNotificationSubscriptionRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeleteUser = "DeleteUser"
|
|
|
|
// DeleteUserRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DeleteUser operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
// is called.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteUser for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the DeleteUser method directly
|
|
// instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteUserRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DeleteUserRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/DeleteUser
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) DeleteUserRequest(input *DeleteUserInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteUserOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeleteUser,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/api/v1/users/{UserId}",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeleteUserInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DeleteUserOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restjson.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteUser API operation for Amazon WorkDocs.
|
|
//
|
|
// Deletes the specified user from a Simple AD or Microsoft AD directory.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon WorkDocs's
|
|
// API operation DeleteUser for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeEntityNotExistsException "EntityNotExistsException"
|
|
// The resource does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedOperationException "UnauthorizedOperationException"
|
|
// The operation is not permitted.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedResourceAccessException "UnauthorizedResourceAccessException"
|
|
// The caller does not have access to perform the action on the resource.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeFailedDependencyException "FailedDependencyException"
|
|
// The AWS Directory Service cannot reach an on-premises instance. Or a dependency
|
|
// under the control of the organization is failing, such as a connected active
|
|
// directory.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
|
// One or more of the dependencies is unavailable.
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/DeleteUser
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) DeleteUser(input *DeleteUserInput) (*DeleteUserOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteUserRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteUserWithContext is the same as DeleteUser with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteUser for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) DeleteUserWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteUserInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteUserOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteUserRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeActivities = "DescribeActivities"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeActivitiesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeActivities operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
// is called.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeActivities for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the DescribeActivities method directly
|
|
// instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeActivitiesRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeActivitiesRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/DescribeActivities
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) DescribeActivitiesRequest(input *DescribeActivitiesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeActivitiesOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeActivities,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "GET",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/api/v1/activities",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeActivitiesInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeActivitiesOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeActivities API operation for Amazon WorkDocs.
|
|
//
|
|
// Describes the user activities in a specified time period.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon WorkDocs's
|
|
// API operation DescribeActivities for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedOperationException "UnauthorizedOperationException"
|
|
// The operation is not permitted.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedResourceAccessException "UnauthorizedResourceAccessException"
|
|
// The caller does not have access to perform the action on the resource.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidArgumentException "InvalidArgumentException"
|
|
// The pagination marker and/or limit fields are not valid.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeFailedDependencyException "FailedDependencyException"
|
|
// The AWS Directory Service cannot reach an on-premises instance. Or a dependency
|
|
// under the control of the organization is failing, such as a connected active
|
|
// directory.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
|
// One or more of the dependencies is unavailable.
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/DescribeActivities
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) DescribeActivities(input *DescribeActivitiesInput) (*DescribeActivitiesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeActivitiesRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeActivitiesWithContext is the same as DescribeActivities with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeActivities for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) DescribeActivitiesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeActivitiesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeActivitiesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeActivitiesRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeComments = "DescribeComments"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeCommentsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeComments operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
// is called.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeComments for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the DescribeComments method directly
|
|
// instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeCommentsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeCommentsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/DescribeComments
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) DescribeCommentsRequest(input *DescribeCommentsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeCommentsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeComments,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "GET",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/api/v1/documents/{DocumentId}/versions/{VersionId}/comments",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeCommentsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeCommentsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeComments API operation for Amazon WorkDocs.
|
|
//
|
|
// List all the comments for the specified document version.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon WorkDocs's
|
|
// API operation DescribeComments for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeEntityNotExistsException "EntityNotExistsException"
|
|
// The resource does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeProhibitedStateException "ProhibitedStateException"
|
|
// The specified document version is not in the INITIALIZED state.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedOperationException "UnauthorizedOperationException"
|
|
// The operation is not permitted.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedResourceAccessException "UnauthorizedResourceAccessException"
|
|
// The caller does not have access to perform the action on the resource.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeFailedDependencyException "FailedDependencyException"
|
|
// The AWS Directory Service cannot reach an on-premises instance. Or a dependency
|
|
// under the control of the organization is failing, such as a connected active
|
|
// directory.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
|
// One or more of the dependencies is unavailable.
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/DescribeComments
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) DescribeComments(input *DescribeCommentsInput) (*DescribeCommentsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeCommentsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeCommentsWithContext is the same as DescribeComments with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeComments for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) DescribeCommentsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeCommentsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeCommentsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeCommentsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeDocumentVersions = "DescribeDocumentVersions"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDocumentVersionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeDocumentVersions operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
// is called.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeDocumentVersions for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the DescribeDocumentVersions method directly
|
|
// instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDocumentVersionsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeDocumentVersionsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/DescribeDocumentVersions
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) DescribeDocumentVersionsRequest(input *DescribeDocumentVersionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDocumentVersionsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeDocumentVersions,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "GET",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/api/v1/documents/{DocumentId}/versions",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
LimitToken: "Limit",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeDocumentVersionsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeDocumentVersionsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDocumentVersions API operation for Amazon WorkDocs.
|
|
//
|
|
// Retrieves the document versions for the specified document.
|
|
//
|
|
// By default, only active versions are returned.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon WorkDocs's
|
|
// API operation DescribeDocumentVersions for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeEntityNotExistsException "EntityNotExistsException"
|
|
// The resource does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedOperationException "UnauthorizedOperationException"
|
|
// The operation is not permitted.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedResourceAccessException "UnauthorizedResourceAccessException"
|
|
// The caller does not have access to perform the action on the resource.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidArgumentException "InvalidArgumentException"
|
|
// The pagination marker and/or limit fields are not valid.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeFailedDependencyException "FailedDependencyException"
|
|
// The AWS Directory Service cannot reach an on-premises instance. Or a dependency
|
|
// under the control of the organization is failing, such as a connected active
|
|
// directory.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
|
// One or more of the dependencies is unavailable.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeProhibitedStateException "ProhibitedStateException"
|
|
// The specified document version is not in the INITIALIZED state.
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/DescribeDocumentVersions
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) DescribeDocumentVersions(input *DescribeDocumentVersionsInput) (*DescribeDocumentVersionsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeDocumentVersionsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDocumentVersionsWithContext is the same as DescribeDocumentVersions with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeDocumentVersions for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) DescribeDocumentVersionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDocumentVersionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDocumentVersionsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeDocumentVersionsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDocumentVersionsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDocumentVersions operation,
|
|
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
|
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeDocumentVersions method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDocumentVersions operation.
|
|
// pageNum := 0
|
|
// err := client.DescribeDocumentVersionsPages(params,
|
|
// func(page *DescribeDocumentVersionsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
// pageNum++
|
|
// fmt.Println(page)
|
|
// return pageNum <= 3
|
|
// })
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) DescribeDocumentVersionsPages(input *DescribeDocumentVersionsInput, fn func(*DescribeDocumentVersionsOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
|
return c.DescribeDocumentVersionsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDocumentVersionsPagesWithContext same as DescribeDocumentVersionsPages except
|
|
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) DescribeDocumentVersionsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDocumentVersionsInput, fn func(*DescribeDocumentVersionsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
|
p := request.Pagination{
|
|
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
|
var inCpy *DescribeDocumentVersionsInput
|
|
if input != nil {
|
|
tmp := *input
|
|
inCpy = &tmp
|
|
}
|
|
req, _ := c.DescribeDocumentVersionsRequest(inCpy)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return req, nil
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
cont := true
|
|
for p.Next() && cont {
|
|
cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeDocumentVersionsOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
|
}
|
|
return p.Err()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeFolderContents = "DescribeFolderContents"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeFolderContentsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeFolderContents operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
// is called.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeFolderContents for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the DescribeFolderContents method directly
|
|
// instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeFolderContentsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeFolderContentsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/DescribeFolderContents
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) DescribeFolderContentsRequest(input *DescribeFolderContentsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeFolderContentsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeFolderContents,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "GET",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/api/v1/folders/{FolderId}/contents",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
LimitToken: "Limit",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeFolderContentsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeFolderContentsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeFolderContents API operation for Amazon WorkDocs.
|
|
//
|
|
// Describes the contents of the specified folder, including its documents and
|
|
// subfolders.
|
|
//
|
|
// By default, Amazon WorkDocs returns the first 100 active document and folder
|
|
// metadata items. If there are more results, the response includes a marker
|
|
// that you can use to request the next set of results. You can also request
|
|
// initialized documents.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon WorkDocs's
|
|
// API operation DescribeFolderContents for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeEntityNotExistsException "EntityNotExistsException"
|
|
// The resource does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedResourceAccessException "UnauthorizedResourceAccessException"
|
|
// The caller does not have access to perform the action on the resource.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidArgumentException "InvalidArgumentException"
|
|
// The pagination marker and/or limit fields are not valid.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeFailedDependencyException "FailedDependencyException"
|
|
// The AWS Directory Service cannot reach an on-premises instance. Or a dependency
|
|
// under the control of the organization is failing, such as a connected active
|
|
// directory.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
|
// One or more of the dependencies is unavailable.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeProhibitedStateException "ProhibitedStateException"
|
|
// The specified document version is not in the INITIALIZED state.
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/DescribeFolderContents
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) DescribeFolderContents(input *DescribeFolderContentsInput) (*DescribeFolderContentsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeFolderContentsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeFolderContentsWithContext is the same as DescribeFolderContents with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeFolderContents for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) DescribeFolderContentsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeFolderContentsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeFolderContentsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeFolderContentsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeFolderContentsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeFolderContents operation,
|
|
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
|
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeFolderContents method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeFolderContents operation.
|
|
// pageNum := 0
|
|
// err := client.DescribeFolderContentsPages(params,
|
|
// func(page *DescribeFolderContentsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
// pageNum++
|
|
// fmt.Println(page)
|
|
// return pageNum <= 3
|
|
// })
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) DescribeFolderContentsPages(input *DescribeFolderContentsInput, fn func(*DescribeFolderContentsOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
|
return c.DescribeFolderContentsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeFolderContentsPagesWithContext same as DescribeFolderContentsPages except
|
|
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) DescribeFolderContentsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeFolderContentsInput, fn func(*DescribeFolderContentsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
|
p := request.Pagination{
|
|
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
|
var inCpy *DescribeFolderContentsInput
|
|
if input != nil {
|
|
tmp := *input
|
|
inCpy = &tmp
|
|
}
|
|
req, _ := c.DescribeFolderContentsRequest(inCpy)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return req, nil
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
cont := true
|
|
for p.Next() && cont {
|
|
cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeFolderContentsOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
|
}
|
|
return p.Err()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeNotificationSubscriptions = "DescribeNotificationSubscriptions"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeNotificationSubscriptionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeNotificationSubscriptions operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
// is called.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeNotificationSubscriptions for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the DescribeNotificationSubscriptions method directly
|
|
// instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeNotificationSubscriptionsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeNotificationSubscriptionsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/DescribeNotificationSubscriptions
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) DescribeNotificationSubscriptionsRequest(input *DescribeNotificationSubscriptionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeNotificationSubscriptionsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeNotificationSubscriptions,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "GET",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/api/v1/organizations/{OrganizationId}/subscriptions",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeNotificationSubscriptionsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeNotificationSubscriptionsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeNotificationSubscriptions API operation for Amazon WorkDocs.
|
|
//
|
|
// Lists the specified notification subscriptions.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon WorkDocs's
|
|
// API operation DescribeNotificationSubscriptions for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedResourceAccessException "UnauthorizedResourceAccessException"
|
|
// The caller does not have access to perform the action on the resource.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEntityNotExistsException "EntityNotExistsException"
|
|
// The resource does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
|
// One or more of the dependencies is unavailable.
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/DescribeNotificationSubscriptions
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) DescribeNotificationSubscriptions(input *DescribeNotificationSubscriptionsInput) (*DescribeNotificationSubscriptionsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeNotificationSubscriptionsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeNotificationSubscriptionsWithContext is the same as DescribeNotificationSubscriptions with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeNotificationSubscriptions for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) DescribeNotificationSubscriptionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeNotificationSubscriptionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeNotificationSubscriptionsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeNotificationSubscriptionsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeResourcePermissions = "DescribeResourcePermissions"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeResourcePermissionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeResourcePermissions operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
// is called.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeResourcePermissions for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the DescribeResourcePermissions method directly
|
|
// instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeResourcePermissionsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeResourcePermissionsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/DescribeResourcePermissions
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) DescribeResourcePermissionsRequest(input *DescribeResourcePermissionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeResourcePermissionsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeResourcePermissions,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "GET",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/api/v1/resources/{ResourceId}/permissions",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeResourcePermissionsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeResourcePermissionsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeResourcePermissions API operation for Amazon WorkDocs.
|
|
//
|
|
// Describes the permissions of a specified resource.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon WorkDocs's
|
|
// API operation DescribeResourcePermissions for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedOperationException "UnauthorizedOperationException"
|
|
// The operation is not permitted.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedResourceAccessException "UnauthorizedResourceAccessException"
|
|
// The caller does not have access to perform the action on the resource.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeFailedDependencyException "FailedDependencyException"
|
|
// The AWS Directory Service cannot reach an on-premises instance. Or a dependency
|
|
// under the control of the organization is failing, such as a connected active
|
|
// directory.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
|
// One or more of the dependencies is unavailable.
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/DescribeResourcePermissions
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) DescribeResourcePermissions(input *DescribeResourcePermissionsInput) (*DescribeResourcePermissionsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeResourcePermissionsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeResourcePermissionsWithContext is the same as DescribeResourcePermissions with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeResourcePermissions for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) DescribeResourcePermissionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeResourcePermissionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeResourcePermissionsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeResourcePermissionsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeRootFolders = "DescribeRootFolders"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeRootFoldersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeRootFolders operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
// is called.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeRootFolders for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the DescribeRootFolders method directly
|
|
// instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeRootFoldersRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeRootFoldersRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/DescribeRootFolders
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) DescribeRootFoldersRequest(input *DescribeRootFoldersInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeRootFoldersOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeRootFolders,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "GET",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/api/v1/me/root",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeRootFoldersInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeRootFoldersOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeRootFolders API operation for Amazon WorkDocs.
|
|
//
|
|
// Describes the current user's special folders; the RootFolder and the RecyleBin.
|
|
// RootFolder is the root of user's files and folders and RecyleBin is the root
|
|
// of recycled items. This is not a valid action for SigV4 (administrative API)
|
|
// clients.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon WorkDocs's
|
|
// API operation DescribeRootFolders for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedOperationException "UnauthorizedOperationException"
|
|
// The operation is not permitted.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedResourceAccessException "UnauthorizedResourceAccessException"
|
|
// The caller does not have access to perform the action on the resource.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidArgumentException "InvalidArgumentException"
|
|
// The pagination marker and/or limit fields are not valid.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeFailedDependencyException "FailedDependencyException"
|
|
// The AWS Directory Service cannot reach an on-premises instance. Or a dependency
|
|
// under the control of the organization is failing, such as a connected active
|
|
// directory.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
|
// One or more of the dependencies is unavailable.
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/DescribeRootFolders
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) DescribeRootFolders(input *DescribeRootFoldersInput) (*DescribeRootFoldersOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeRootFoldersRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeRootFoldersWithContext is the same as DescribeRootFolders with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeRootFolders for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) DescribeRootFoldersWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeRootFoldersInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeRootFoldersOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeRootFoldersRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeUsers = "DescribeUsers"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeUsersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeUsers operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
// is called.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeUsers for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the DescribeUsers method directly
|
|
// instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeUsersRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeUsersRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/DescribeUsers
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) DescribeUsersRequest(input *DescribeUsersInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeUsersOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeUsers,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "GET",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/api/v1/users",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
LimitToken: "Limit",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeUsersInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeUsersOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeUsers API operation for Amazon WorkDocs.
|
|
//
|
|
// Describes the specified users. You can describe all users or filter the results
|
|
// (for example, by status or organization).
|
|
//
|
|
// By default, Amazon WorkDocs returns the first 24 active or pending users.
|
|
// If there are more results, the response includes a marker that you can use
|
|
// to request the next set of results.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon WorkDocs's
|
|
// API operation DescribeUsers for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedOperationException "UnauthorizedOperationException"
|
|
// The operation is not permitted.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedResourceAccessException "UnauthorizedResourceAccessException"
|
|
// The caller does not have access to perform the action on the resource.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeFailedDependencyException "FailedDependencyException"
|
|
// The AWS Directory Service cannot reach an on-premises instance. Or a dependency
|
|
// under the control of the organization is failing, such as a connected active
|
|
// directory.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
|
// One or more of the dependencies is unavailable.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidArgumentException "InvalidArgumentException"
|
|
// The pagination marker and/or limit fields are not valid.
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/DescribeUsers
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) DescribeUsers(input *DescribeUsersInput) (*DescribeUsersOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeUsersRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeUsersWithContext is the same as DescribeUsers with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeUsers for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) DescribeUsersWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeUsersInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeUsersOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeUsersRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeUsersPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeUsers operation,
|
|
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
|
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeUsers method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeUsers operation.
|
|
// pageNum := 0
|
|
// err := client.DescribeUsersPages(params,
|
|
// func(page *DescribeUsersOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
// pageNum++
|
|
// fmt.Println(page)
|
|
// return pageNum <= 3
|
|
// })
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) DescribeUsersPages(input *DescribeUsersInput, fn func(*DescribeUsersOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
|
return c.DescribeUsersPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeUsersPagesWithContext same as DescribeUsersPages except
|
|
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) DescribeUsersPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeUsersInput, fn func(*DescribeUsersOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
|
p := request.Pagination{
|
|
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
|
var inCpy *DescribeUsersInput
|
|
if input != nil {
|
|
tmp := *input
|
|
inCpy = &tmp
|
|
}
|
|
req, _ := c.DescribeUsersRequest(inCpy)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return req, nil
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
cont := true
|
|
for p.Next() && cont {
|
|
cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeUsersOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
|
}
|
|
return p.Err()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opGetCurrentUser = "GetCurrentUser"
|
|
|
|
// GetCurrentUserRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the GetCurrentUser operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
// is called.
|
|
//
|
|
// See GetCurrentUser for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the GetCurrentUser method directly
|
|
// instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the GetCurrentUserRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.GetCurrentUserRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/GetCurrentUser
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) GetCurrentUserRequest(input *GetCurrentUserInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetCurrentUserOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opGetCurrentUser,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "GET",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/api/v1/me",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &GetCurrentUserInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &GetCurrentUserOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GetCurrentUser API operation for Amazon WorkDocs.
|
|
//
|
|
// Retrieves details of the current user for whom the authentication token was
|
|
// generated. This is not a valid action for SigV4 (administrative API) clients.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon WorkDocs's
|
|
// API operation GetCurrentUser for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeEntityNotExistsException "EntityNotExistsException"
|
|
// The resource does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedOperationException "UnauthorizedOperationException"
|
|
// The operation is not permitted.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedResourceAccessException "UnauthorizedResourceAccessException"
|
|
// The caller does not have access to perform the action on the resource.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeFailedDependencyException "FailedDependencyException"
|
|
// The AWS Directory Service cannot reach an on-premises instance. Or a dependency
|
|
// under the control of the organization is failing, such as a connected active
|
|
// directory.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
|
// One or more of the dependencies is unavailable.
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/GetCurrentUser
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) GetCurrentUser(input *GetCurrentUserInput) (*GetCurrentUserOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.GetCurrentUserRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GetCurrentUserWithContext is the same as GetCurrentUser with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See GetCurrentUser for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) GetCurrentUserWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetCurrentUserInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetCurrentUserOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.GetCurrentUserRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opGetDocument = "GetDocument"
|
|
|
|
// GetDocumentRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the GetDocument operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
// is called.
|
|
//
|
|
// See GetDocument for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the GetDocument method directly
|
|
// instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the GetDocumentRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.GetDocumentRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/GetDocument
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) GetDocumentRequest(input *GetDocumentInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetDocumentOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opGetDocument,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "GET",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/api/v1/documents/{DocumentId}",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &GetDocumentInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &GetDocumentOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GetDocument API operation for Amazon WorkDocs.
|
|
//
|
|
// Retrieves details of a document.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon WorkDocs's
|
|
// API operation GetDocument for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeEntityNotExistsException "EntityNotExistsException"
|
|
// The resource does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedOperationException "UnauthorizedOperationException"
|
|
// The operation is not permitted.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedResourceAccessException "UnauthorizedResourceAccessException"
|
|
// The caller does not have access to perform the action on the resource.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidArgumentException "InvalidArgumentException"
|
|
// The pagination marker and/or limit fields are not valid.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeFailedDependencyException "FailedDependencyException"
|
|
// The AWS Directory Service cannot reach an on-premises instance. Or a dependency
|
|
// under the control of the organization is failing, such as a connected active
|
|
// directory.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
|
// One or more of the dependencies is unavailable.
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/GetDocument
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) GetDocument(input *GetDocumentInput) (*GetDocumentOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.GetDocumentRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GetDocumentWithContext is the same as GetDocument with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See GetDocument for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) GetDocumentWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetDocumentInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetDocumentOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.GetDocumentRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opGetDocumentPath = "GetDocumentPath"
|
|
|
|
// GetDocumentPathRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the GetDocumentPath operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
// is called.
|
|
//
|
|
// See GetDocumentPath for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the GetDocumentPath method directly
|
|
// instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the GetDocumentPathRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.GetDocumentPathRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/GetDocumentPath
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) GetDocumentPathRequest(input *GetDocumentPathInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetDocumentPathOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opGetDocumentPath,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "GET",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/api/v1/documents/{DocumentId}/path",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &GetDocumentPathInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &GetDocumentPathOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GetDocumentPath API operation for Amazon WorkDocs.
|
|
//
|
|
// Retrieves the path information (the hierarchy from the root folder) for the
|
|
// requested document.
|
|
//
|
|
// By default, Amazon WorkDocs returns a maximum of 100 levels upwards from
|
|
// the requested document and only includes the IDs of the parent folders in
|
|
// the path. You can limit the maximum number of levels. You can also request
|
|
// the names of the parent folders.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon WorkDocs's
|
|
// API operation GetDocumentPath for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeEntityNotExistsException "EntityNotExistsException"
|
|
// The resource does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedOperationException "UnauthorizedOperationException"
|
|
// The operation is not permitted.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedResourceAccessException "UnauthorizedResourceAccessException"
|
|
// The caller does not have access to perform the action on the resource.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeFailedDependencyException "FailedDependencyException"
|
|
// The AWS Directory Service cannot reach an on-premises instance. Or a dependency
|
|
// under the control of the organization is failing, such as a connected active
|
|
// directory.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
|
// One or more of the dependencies is unavailable.
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/GetDocumentPath
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) GetDocumentPath(input *GetDocumentPathInput) (*GetDocumentPathOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.GetDocumentPathRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GetDocumentPathWithContext is the same as GetDocumentPath with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See GetDocumentPath for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) GetDocumentPathWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetDocumentPathInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetDocumentPathOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.GetDocumentPathRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opGetDocumentVersion = "GetDocumentVersion"
|
|
|
|
// GetDocumentVersionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the GetDocumentVersion operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
// is called.
|
|
//
|
|
// See GetDocumentVersion for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the GetDocumentVersion method directly
|
|
// instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the GetDocumentVersionRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.GetDocumentVersionRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/GetDocumentVersion
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) GetDocumentVersionRequest(input *GetDocumentVersionInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetDocumentVersionOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opGetDocumentVersion,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "GET",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/api/v1/documents/{DocumentId}/versions/{VersionId}",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &GetDocumentVersionInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &GetDocumentVersionOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GetDocumentVersion API operation for Amazon WorkDocs.
|
|
//
|
|
// Retrieves version metadata for the specified document.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon WorkDocs's
|
|
// API operation GetDocumentVersion for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeEntityNotExistsException "EntityNotExistsException"
|
|
// The resource does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedOperationException "UnauthorizedOperationException"
|
|
// The operation is not permitted.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedResourceAccessException "UnauthorizedResourceAccessException"
|
|
// The caller does not have access to perform the action on the resource.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeFailedDependencyException "FailedDependencyException"
|
|
// The AWS Directory Service cannot reach an on-premises instance. Or a dependency
|
|
// under the control of the organization is failing, such as a connected active
|
|
// directory.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
|
// One or more of the dependencies is unavailable.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeProhibitedStateException "ProhibitedStateException"
|
|
// The specified document version is not in the INITIALIZED state.
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/GetDocumentVersion
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) GetDocumentVersion(input *GetDocumentVersionInput) (*GetDocumentVersionOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.GetDocumentVersionRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GetDocumentVersionWithContext is the same as GetDocumentVersion with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See GetDocumentVersion for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) GetDocumentVersionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetDocumentVersionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetDocumentVersionOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.GetDocumentVersionRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opGetFolder = "GetFolder"
|
|
|
|
// GetFolderRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the GetFolder operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
// is called.
|
|
//
|
|
// See GetFolder for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the GetFolder method directly
|
|
// instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the GetFolderRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.GetFolderRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/GetFolder
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) GetFolderRequest(input *GetFolderInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetFolderOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opGetFolder,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "GET",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/api/v1/folders/{FolderId}",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &GetFolderInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &GetFolderOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GetFolder API operation for Amazon WorkDocs.
|
|
//
|
|
// Retrieves the metadata of the specified folder.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon WorkDocs's
|
|
// API operation GetFolder for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeEntityNotExistsException "EntityNotExistsException"
|
|
// The resource does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedOperationException "UnauthorizedOperationException"
|
|
// The operation is not permitted.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedResourceAccessException "UnauthorizedResourceAccessException"
|
|
// The caller does not have access to perform the action on the resource.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidArgumentException "InvalidArgumentException"
|
|
// The pagination marker and/or limit fields are not valid.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeFailedDependencyException "FailedDependencyException"
|
|
// The AWS Directory Service cannot reach an on-premises instance. Or a dependency
|
|
// under the control of the organization is failing, such as a connected active
|
|
// directory.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
|
// One or more of the dependencies is unavailable.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeProhibitedStateException "ProhibitedStateException"
|
|
// The specified document version is not in the INITIALIZED state.
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/GetFolder
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) GetFolder(input *GetFolderInput) (*GetFolderOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.GetFolderRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GetFolderWithContext is the same as GetFolder with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See GetFolder for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) GetFolderWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetFolderInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetFolderOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.GetFolderRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opGetFolderPath = "GetFolderPath"
|
|
|
|
// GetFolderPathRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the GetFolderPath operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
// is called.
|
|
//
|
|
// See GetFolderPath for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the GetFolderPath method directly
|
|
// instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the GetFolderPathRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.GetFolderPathRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/GetFolderPath
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) GetFolderPathRequest(input *GetFolderPathInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetFolderPathOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opGetFolderPath,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "GET",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/api/v1/folders/{FolderId}/path",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &GetFolderPathInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &GetFolderPathOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GetFolderPath API operation for Amazon WorkDocs.
|
|
//
|
|
// Retrieves the path information (the hierarchy from the root folder) for the
|
|
// specified folder.
|
|
//
|
|
// By default, Amazon WorkDocs returns a maximum of 100 levels upwards from
|
|
// the requested folder and only includes the IDs of the parent folders in the
|
|
// path. You can limit the maximum number of levels. You can also request the
|
|
// parent folder names.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon WorkDocs's
|
|
// API operation GetFolderPath for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeEntityNotExistsException "EntityNotExistsException"
|
|
// The resource does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedOperationException "UnauthorizedOperationException"
|
|
// The operation is not permitted.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedResourceAccessException "UnauthorizedResourceAccessException"
|
|
// The caller does not have access to perform the action on the resource.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeFailedDependencyException "FailedDependencyException"
|
|
// The AWS Directory Service cannot reach an on-premises instance. Or a dependency
|
|
// under the control of the organization is failing, such as a connected active
|
|
// directory.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
|
// One or more of the dependencies is unavailable.
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/GetFolderPath
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) GetFolderPath(input *GetFolderPathInput) (*GetFolderPathOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.GetFolderPathRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GetFolderPathWithContext is the same as GetFolderPath with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See GetFolderPath for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) GetFolderPathWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetFolderPathInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetFolderPathOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.GetFolderPathRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opInitiateDocumentVersionUpload = "InitiateDocumentVersionUpload"
|
|
|
|
// InitiateDocumentVersionUploadRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the InitiateDocumentVersionUpload operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
// is called.
|
|
//
|
|
// See InitiateDocumentVersionUpload for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the InitiateDocumentVersionUpload method directly
|
|
// instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the InitiateDocumentVersionUploadRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.InitiateDocumentVersionUploadRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/InitiateDocumentVersionUpload
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) InitiateDocumentVersionUploadRequest(input *InitiateDocumentVersionUploadInput) (req *request.Request, output *InitiateDocumentVersionUploadOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opInitiateDocumentVersionUpload,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/api/v1/documents",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &InitiateDocumentVersionUploadInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &InitiateDocumentVersionUploadOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// InitiateDocumentVersionUpload API operation for Amazon WorkDocs.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creates a new document object and version object.
|
|
//
|
|
// The client specifies the parent folder ID and name of the document to upload.
|
|
// The ID is optionally specified when creating a new version of an existing
|
|
// document. This is the first step to upload a document. Next, upload the document
|
|
// to the URL returned from the call, and then call UpdateDocumentVersion.
|
|
//
|
|
// To cancel the document upload, call AbortDocumentVersionUpload.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon WorkDocs's
|
|
// API operation InitiateDocumentVersionUpload for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeEntityNotExistsException "EntityNotExistsException"
|
|
// The resource does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEntityAlreadyExistsException "EntityAlreadyExistsException"
|
|
// The resource already exists.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeStorageLimitExceededException "StorageLimitExceededException"
|
|
// The storage limit has been exceeded.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeStorageLimitWillExceedException "StorageLimitWillExceedException"
|
|
// The storage limit will be exceeded.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeProhibitedStateException "ProhibitedStateException"
|
|
// The specified document version is not in the INITIALIZED state.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedOperationException "UnauthorizedOperationException"
|
|
// The operation is not permitted.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedResourceAccessException "UnauthorizedResourceAccessException"
|
|
// The caller does not have access to perform the action on the resource.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeFailedDependencyException "FailedDependencyException"
|
|
// The AWS Directory Service cannot reach an on-premises instance. Or a dependency
|
|
// under the control of the organization is failing, such as a connected active
|
|
// directory.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
|
// One or more of the dependencies is unavailable.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDraftUploadOutOfSyncException "DraftUploadOutOfSyncException"
|
|
// This exception is thrown when a valid checkout ID is not presented on document
|
|
// version upload calls for a document that has been checked out from Web client.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceAlreadyCheckedOutException "ResourceAlreadyCheckedOutException"
|
|
// The resource is already checked out.
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/InitiateDocumentVersionUpload
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) InitiateDocumentVersionUpload(input *InitiateDocumentVersionUploadInput) (*InitiateDocumentVersionUploadOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.InitiateDocumentVersionUploadRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// InitiateDocumentVersionUploadWithContext is the same as InitiateDocumentVersionUpload with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See InitiateDocumentVersionUpload for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) InitiateDocumentVersionUploadWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *InitiateDocumentVersionUploadInput, opts ...request.Option) (*InitiateDocumentVersionUploadOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.InitiateDocumentVersionUploadRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opRemoveAllResourcePermissions = "RemoveAllResourcePermissions"
|
|
|
|
// RemoveAllResourcePermissionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the RemoveAllResourcePermissions operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
// is called.
|
|
//
|
|
// See RemoveAllResourcePermissions for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the RemoveAllResourcePermissions method directly
|
|
// instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the RemoveAllResourcePermissionsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.RemoveAllResourcePermissionsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/RemoveAllResourcePermissions
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) RemoveAllResourcePermissionsRequest(input *RemoveAllResourcePermissionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *RemoveAllResourcePermissionsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opRemoveAllResourcePermissions,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/api/v1/resources/{ResourceId}/permissions",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &RemoveAllResourcePermissionsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &RemoveAllResourcePermissionsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restjson.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// RemoveAllResourcePermissions API operation for Amazon WorkDocs.
|
|
//
|
|
// Removes all the permissions from the specified resource.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon WorkDocs's
|
|
// API operation RemoveAllResourcePermissions for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedOperationException "UnauthorizedOperationException"
|
|
// The operation is not permitted.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedResourceAccessException "UnauthorizedResourceAccessException"
|
|
// The caller does not have access to perform the action on the resource.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeFailedDependencyException "FailedDependencyException"
|
|
// The AWS Directory Service cannot reach an on-premises instance. Or a dependency
|
|
// under the control of the organization is failing, such as a connected active
|
|
// directory.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
|
// One or more of the dependencies is unavailable.
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/RemoveAllResourcePermissions
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) RemoveAllResourcePermissions(input *RemoveAllResourcePermissionsInput) (*RemoveAllResourcePermissionsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.RemoveAllResourcePermissionsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// RemoveAllResourcePermissionsWithContext is the same as RemoveAllResourcePermissions with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See RemoveAllResourcePermissions for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) RemoveAllResourcePermissionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RemoveAllResourcePermissionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RemoveAllResourcePermissionsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.RemoveAllResourcePermissionsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opRemoveResourcePermission = "RemoveResourcePermission"
|
|
|
|
// RemoveResourcePermissionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the RemoveResourcePermission operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
// is called.
|
|
//
|
|
// See RemoveResourcePermission for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the RemoveResourcePermission method directly
|
|
// instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the RemoveResourcePermissionRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.RemoveResourcePermissionRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/RemoveResourcePermission
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) RemoveResourcePermissionRequest(input *RemoveResourcePermissionInput) (req *request.Request, output *RemoveResourcePermissionOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opRemoveResourcePermission,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/api/v1/resources/{ResourceId}/permissions/{PrincipalId}",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &RemoveResourcePermissionInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &RemoveResourcePermissionOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restjson.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// RemoveResourcePermission API operation for Amazon WorkDocs.
|
|
//
|
|
// Removes the permission for the specified principal from the specified resource.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon WorkDocs's
|
|
// API operation RemoveResourcePermission for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedOperationException "UnauthorizedOperationException"
|
|
// The operation is not permitted.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedResourceAccessException "UnauthorizedResourceAccessException"
|
|
// The caller does not have access to perform the action on the resource.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeFailedDependencyException "FailedDependencyException"
|
|
// The AWS Directory Service cannot reach an on-premises instance. Or a dependency
|
|
// under the control of the organization is failing, such as a connected active
|
|
// directory.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
|
// One or more of the dependencies is unavailable.
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/RemoveResourcePermission
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) RemoveResourcePermission(input *RemoveResourcePermissionInput) (*RemoveResourcePermissionOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.RemoveResourcePermissionRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// RemoveResourcePermissionWithContext is the same as RemoveResourcePermission with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See RemoveResourcePermission for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) RemoveResourcePermissionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RemoveResourcePermissionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RemoveResourcePermissionOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.RemoveResourcePermissionRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opUpdateDocument = "UpdateDocument"
|
|
|
|
// UpdateDocumentRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the UpdateDocument operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
// is called.
|
|
//
|
|
// See UpdateDocument for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the UpdateDocument method directly
|
|
// instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the UpdateDocumentRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.UpdateDocumentRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/UpdateDocument
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) UpdateDocumentRequest(input *UpdateDocumentInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateDocumentOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opUpdateDocument,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "PATCH",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/api/v1/documents/{DocumentId}",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &UpdateDocumentInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &UpdateDocumentOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restjson.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// UpdateDocument API operation for Amazon WorkDocs.
|
|
//
|
|
// Updates the specified attributes of a document. The user must have access
|
|
// to both the document and its parent folder, if applicable.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon WorkDocs's
|
|
// API operation UpdateDocument for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeEntityNotExistsException "EntityNotExistsException"
|
|
// The resource does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEntityAlreadyExistsException "EntityAlreadyExistsException"
|
|
// The resource already exists.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceededException"
|
|
// The maximum of 100,000 folders under the parent folder has been exceeded.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeProhibitedStateException "ProhibitedStateException"
|
|
// The specified document version is not in the INITIALIZED state.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeConcurrentModificationException "ConcurrentModificationException"
|
|
// The resource hierarchy is changing.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedOperationException "UnauthorizedOperationException"
|
|
// The operation is not permitted.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedResourceAccessException "UnauthorizedResourceAccessException"
|
|
// The caller does not have access to perform the action on the resource.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeFailedDependencyException "FailedDependencyException"
|
|
// The AWS Directory Service cannot reach an on-premises instance. Or a dependency
|
|
// under the control of the organization is failing, such as a connected active
|
|
// directory.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
|
// One or more of the dependencies is unavailable.
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/UpdateDocument
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) UpdateDocument(input *UpdateDocumentInput) (*UpdateDocumentOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.UpdateDocumentRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// UpdateDocumentWithContext is the same as UpdateDocument with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See UpdateDocument for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) UpdateDocumentWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateDocumentInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateDocumentOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.UpdateDocumentRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opUpdateDocumentVersion = "UpdateDocumentVersion"
|
|
|
|
// UpdateDocumentVersionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the UpdateDocumentVersion operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
// is called.
|
|
//
|
|
// See UpdateDocumentVersion for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the UpdateDocumentVersion method directly
|
|
// instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the UpdateDocumentVersionRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.UpdateDocumentVersionRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/UpdateDocumentVersion
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) UpdateDocumentVersionRequest(input *UpdateDocumentVersionInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateDocumentVersionOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opUpdateDocumentVersion,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "PATCH",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/api/v1/documents/{DocumentId}/versions/{VersionId}",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &UpdateDocumentVersionInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &UpdateDocumentVersionOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restjson.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// UpdateDocumentVersion API operation for Amazon WorkDocs.
|
|
//
|
|
// Changes the status of the document version to ACTIVE.
|
|
//
|
|
// Amazon WorkDocs also sets its document container to ACTIVE. This is the last
|
|
// step in a document upload, after the client uploads the document to an S3-presigned
|
|
// URL returned by InitiateDocumentVersionUpload.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon WorkDocs's
|
|
// API operation UpdateDocumentVersion for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeEntityNotExistsException "EntityNotExistsException"
|
|
// The resource does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeProhibitedStateException "ProhibitedStateException"
|
|
// The specified document version is not in the INITIALIZED state.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeConcurrentModificationException "ConcurrentModificationException"
|
|
// The resource hierarchy is changing.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidOperationException "InvalidOperationException"
|
|
// The operation is invalid.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedOperationException "UnauthorizedOperationException"
|
|
// The operation is not permitted.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedResourceAccessException "UnauthorizedResourceAccessException"
|
|
// The caller does not have access to perform the action on the resource.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeFailedDependencyException "FailedDependencyException"
|
|
// The AWS Directory Service cannot reach an on-premises instance. Or a dependency
|
|
// under the control of the organization is failing, such as a connected active
|
|
// directory.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
|
// One or more of the dependencies is unavailable.
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/UpdateDocumentVersion
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) UpdateDocumentVersion(input *UpdateDocumentVersionInput) (*UpdateDocumentVersionOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.UpdateDocumentVersionRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// UpdateDocumentVersionWithContext is the same as UpdateDocumentVersion with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See UpdateDocumentVersion for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) UpdateDocumentVersionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateDocumentVersionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateDocumentVersionOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.UpdateDocumentVersionRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opUpdateFolder = "UpdateFolder"
|
|
|
|
// UpdateFolderRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the UpdateFolder operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
// is called.
|
|
//
|
|
// See UpdateFolder for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the UpdateFolder method directly
|
|
// instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the UpdateFolderRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.UpdateFolderRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/UpdateFolder
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) UpdateFolderRequest(input *UpdateFolderInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateFolderOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opUpdateFolder,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "PATCH",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/api/v1/folders/{FolderId}",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &UpdateFolderInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &UpdateFolderOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restjson.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// UpdateFolder API operation for Amazon WorkDocs.
|
|
//
|
|
// Updates the specified attributes of the specified folder. The user must have
|
|
// access to both the folder and its parent folder, if applicable.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon WorkDocs's
|
|
// API operation UpdateFolder for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeEntityNotExistsException "EntityNotExistsException"
|
|
// The resource does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEntityAlreadyExistsException "EntityAlreadyExistsException"
|
|
// The resource already exists.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeProhibitedStateException "ProhibitedStateException"
|
|
// The specified document version is not in the INITIALIZED state.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeConcurrentModificationException "ConcurrentModificationException"
|
|
// The resource hierarchy is changing.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceededException"
|
|
// The maximum of 100,000 folders under the parent folder has been exceeded.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedOperationException "UnauthorizedOperationException"
|
|
// The operation is not permitted.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedResourceAccessException "UnauthorizedResourceAccessException"
|
|
// The caller does not have access to perform the action on the resource.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeFailedDependencyException "FailedDependencyException"
|
|
// The AWS Directory Service cannot reach an on-premises instance. Or a dependency
|
|
// under the control of the organization is failing, such as a connected active
|
|
// directory.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
|
// One or more of the dependencies is unavailable.
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/UpdateFolder
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) UpdateFolder(input *UpdateFolderInput) (*UpdateFolderOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.UpdateFolderRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// UpdateFolderWithContext is the same as UpdateFolder with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See UpdateFolder for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) UpdateFolderWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateFolderInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateFolderOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.UpdateFolderRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opUpdateUser = "UpdateUser"
|
|
|
|
// UpdateUserRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the UpdateUser operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
|
|
// is called.
|
|
//
|
|
// See UpdateUser for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
|
|
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
|
|
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
|
|
// you just want the service response, call the UpdateUser method directly
|
|
// instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
|
|
// to execute the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the UpdateUserRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.UpdateUserRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/UpdateUser
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) UpdateUserRequest(input *UpdateUserInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateUserOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opUpdateUser,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "PATCH",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/api/v1/users/{UserId}",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &UpdateUserInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &UpdateUserOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// UpdateUser API operation for Amazon WorkDocs.
|
|
//
|
|
// Updates the specified attributes of the specified user, and grants or revokes
|
|
// administrative privileges to the Amazon WorkDocs site.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon WorkDocs's
|
|
// API operation UpdateUser for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeEntityNotExistsException "EntityNotExistsException"
|
|
// The resource does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedOperationException "UnauthorizedOperationException"
|
|
// The operation is not permitted.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedResourceAccessException "UnauthorizedResourceAccessException"
|
|
// The caller does not have access to perform the action on the resource.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeIllegalUserStateException "IllegalUserStateException"
|
|
// The user is undergoing transfer of ownership.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeFailedDependencyException "FailedDependencyException"
|
|
// The AWS Directory Service cannot reach an on-premises instance. Or a dependency
|
|
// under the control of the organization is failing, such as a connected active
|
|
// directory.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
|
// One or more of the dependencies is unavailable.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDeactivatingLastSystemUserException "DeactivatingLastSystemUserException"
|
|
// The last user in the organization is being deactivated.
|
|
//
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/UpdateUser
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) UpdateUser(input *UpdateUserInput) (*UpdateUserOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.UpdateUserRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// UpdateUserWithContext is the same as UpdateUser with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See UpdateUser for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *WorkDocs) UpdateUserWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateUserInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateUserOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.UpdateUserRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/AbortDocumentVersionUploadRequest
|
|
type AbortDocumentVersionUploadInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Amazon WorkDocs authentication token. This field should not be set when using
|
|
// administrative API actions, as in accessing the API using AWS credentials.
|
|
AuthenticationToken *string `location:"header" locationName:"Authentication" min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the document.
|
|
//
|
|
// DocumentId is a required field
|
|
DocumentId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"DocumentId" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the version.
|
|
//
|
|
// VersionId is a required field
|
|
VersionId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"VersionId" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AbortDocumentVersionUploadInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AbortDocumentVersionUploadInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *AbortDocumentVersionUploadInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AbortDocumentVersionUploadInput"}
|
|
if s.AuthenticationToken != nil && len(*s.AuthenticationToken) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AuthenticationToken", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.DocumentId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DocumentId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.DocumentId != nil && len(*s.DocumentId) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DocumentId", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.VersionId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VersionId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.VersionId != nil && len(*s.VersionId) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("VersionId", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAuthenticationToken sets the AuthenticationToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *AbortDocumentVersionUploadInput) SetAuthenticationToken(v string) *AbortDocumentVersionUploadInput {
|
|
s.AuthenticationToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDocumentId sets the DocumentId field's value.
|
|
func (s *AbortDocumentVersionUploadInput) SetDocumentId(v string) *AbortDocumentVersionUploadInput {
|
|
s.DocumentId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
|
|
func (s *AbortDocumentVersionUploadInput) SetVersionId(v string) *AbortDocumentVersionUploadInput {
|
|
s.VersionId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/AbortDocumentVersionUploadOutput
|
|
type AbortDocumentVersionUploadOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AbortDocumentVersionUploadOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AbortDocumentVersionUploadOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/ActivateUserRequest
|
|
type ActivateUserInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Amazon WorkDocs authentication token. This field should not be set when using
|
|
// administrative API actions, as in accessing the API using AWS credentials.
|
|
AuthenticationToken *string `location:"header" locationName:"Authentication" min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the user.
|
|
//
|
|
// UserId is a required field
|
|
UserId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"UserId" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ActivateUserInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ActivateUserInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ActivateUserInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ActivateUserInput"}
|
|
if s.AuthenticationToken != nil && len(*s.AuthenticationToken) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AuthenticationToken", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.UserId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("UserId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.UserId != nil && len(*s.UserId) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("UserId", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAuthenticationToken sets the AuthenticationToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *ActivateUserInput) SetAuthenticationToken(v string) *ActivateUserInput {
|
|
s.AuthenticationToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUserId sets the UserId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ActivateUserInput) SetUserId(v string) *ActivateUserInput {
|
|
s.UserId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/ActivateUserResponse
|
|
type ActivateUserOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The user information.
|
|
User *User `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ActivateUserOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ActivateUserOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUser sets the User field's value.
|
|
func (s *ActivateUserOutput) SetUser(v *User) *ActivateUserOutput {
|
|
s.User = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the activity information.
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/Activity
|
|
type Activity struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Metadata of the commenting activity. This is an optional field and is filled
|
|
// for commenting activities.
|
|
CommentMetadata *CommentMetadata `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The user who performed the action.
|
|
Initiator *UserMetadata `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the organization.
|
|
OrganizationId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The original parent of the resource. This is an optional field and is filled
|
|
// for move activities.
|
|
OriginalParent *ResourceMetadata `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The list of users or groups impacted by this action. This is an optional
|
|
// field and is filled for the following sharing activities: DOCUMENT_SHARED,
|
|
// DOCUMENT_SHARED, DOCUMENT_UNSHARED, FOLDER_SHARED, FOLDER_UNSHARED.
|
|
Participants *Participants `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The metadata of the resource involved in the user action.
|
|
ResourceMetadata *ResourceMetadata `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The timestamp when the action was performed.
|
|
TimeStamp *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"`
|
|
|
|
// The activity type.
|
|
Type *string `type:"string" enum:"ActivityType"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Activity) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Activity) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCommentMetadata sets the CommentMetadata field's value.
|
|
func (s *Activity) SetCommentMetadata(v *CommentMetadata) *Activity {
|
|
s.CommentMetadata = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInitiator sets the Initiator field's value.
|
|
func (s *Activity) SetInitiator(v *UserMetadata) *Activity {
|
|
s.Initiator = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOrganizationId sets the OrganizationId field's value.
|
|
func (s *Activity) SetOrganizationId(v string) *Activity {
|
|
s.OrganizationId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOriginalParent sets the OriginalParent field's value.
|
|
func (s *Activity) SetOriginalParent(v *ResourceMetadata) *Activity {
|
|
s.OriginalParent = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetParticipants sets the Participants field's value.
|
|
func (s *Activity) SetParticipants(v *Participants) *Activity {
|
|
s.Participants = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetResourceMetadata sets the ResourceMetadata field's value.
|
|
func (s *Activity) SetResourceMetadata(v *ResourceMetadata) *Activity {
|
|
s.ResourceMetadata = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTimeStamp sets the TimeStamp field's value.
|
|
func (s *Activity) SetTimeStamp(v time.Time) *Activity {
|
|
s.TimeStamp = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetType sets the Type field's value.
|
|
func (s *Activity) SetType(v string) *Activity {
|
|
s.Type = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/AddResourcePermissionsRequest
|
|
type AddResourcePermissionsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Amazon WorkDocs authentication token. This field should not be set when using
|
|
// administrative API actions, as in accessing the API using AWS credentials.
|
|
AuthenticationToken *string `location:"header" locationName:"Authentication" min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The users, groups, or organization being granted permission.
|
|
//
|
|
// Principals is a required field
|
|
Principals []*SharePrincipal `type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the resource.
|
|
//
|
|
// ResourceId is a required field
|
|
ResourceId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"ResourceId" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AddResourcePermissionsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AddResourcePermissionsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *AddResourcePermissionsInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AddResourcePermissionsInput"}
|
|
if s.AuthenticationToken != nil && len(*s.AuthenticationToken) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AuthenticationToken", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Principals == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Principals"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.ResourceId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.ResourceId != nil && len(*s.ResourceId) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ResourceId", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Principals != nil {
|
|
for i, v := range s.Principals {
|
|
if v == nil {
|
|
continue
|
|
}
|
|
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Principals", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAuthenticationToken sets the AuthenticationToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *AddResourcePermissionsInput) SetAuthenticationToken(v string) *AddResourcePermissionsInput {
|
|
s.AuthenticationToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPrincipals sets the Principals field's value.
|
|
func (s *AddResourcePermissionsInput) SetPrincipals(v []*SharePrincipal) *AddResourcePermissionsInput {
|
|
s.Principals = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetResourceId sets the ResourceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *AddResourcePermissionsInput) SetResourceId(v string) *AddResourcePermissionsInput {
|
|
s.ResourceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/AddResourcePermissionsResponse
|
|
type AddResourcePermissionsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The share results.
|
|
ShareResults []*ShareResult `type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AddResourcePermissionsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AddResourcePermissionsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetShareResults sets the ShareResults field's value.
|
|
func (s *AddResourcePermissionsOutput) SetShareResults(v []*ShareResult) *AddResourcePermissionsOutput {
|
|
s.ShareResults = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a comment.
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/Comment
|
|
type Comment struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the comment.
|
|
//
|
|
// CommentId is a required field
|
|
CommentId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The details of the user who made the comment.
|
|
Contributor *User `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The time that the comment was created.
|
|
CreatedTimestamp *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the parent comment.
|
|
ParentId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// If the comment is a reply to another user's comment, this field contains
|
|
// the user ID of the user being replied to.
|
|
RecipientId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The status of the comment.
|
|
Status *string `type:"string" enum:"CommentStatusType"`
|
|
|
|
// The text of the comment.
|
|
Text *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the root comment in the thread.
|
|
ThreadId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The visibility of the comment. Options are either PRIVATE, where the comment
|
|
// is visible only to the comment author and document owner and co-owners, or
|
|
// PUBLIC, where the comment is visible to document owners, co-owners, and contributors.
|
|
Visibility *string `type:"string" enum:"CommentVisibilityType"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Comment) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Comment) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCommentId sets the CommentId field's value.
|
|
func (s *Comment) SetCommentId(v string) *Comment {
|
|
s.CommentId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetContributor sets the Contributor field's value.
|
|
func (s *Comment) SetContributor(v *User) *Comment {
|
|
s.Contributor = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCreatedTimestamp sets the CreatedTimestamp field's value.
|
|
func (s *Comment) SetCreatedTimestamp(v time.Time) *Comment {
|
|
s.CreatedTimestamp = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetParentId sets the ParentId field's value.
|
|
func (s *Comment) SetParentId(v string) *Comment {
|
|
s.ParentId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRecipientId sets the RecipientId field's value.
|
|
func (s *Comment) SetRecipientId(v string) *Comment {
|
|
s.RecipientId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
|
|
func (s *Comment) SetStatus(v string) *Comment {
|
|
s.Status = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetText sets the Text field's value.
|
|
func (s *Comment) SetText(v string) *Comment {
|
|
s.Text = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetThreadId sets the ThreadId field's value.
|
|
func (s *Comment) SetThreadId(v string) *Comment {
|
|
s.ThreadId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVisibility sets the Visibility field's value.
|
|
func (s *Comment) SetVisibility(v string) *Comment {
|
|
s.Visibility = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the metadata of a comment.
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/CommentMetadata
|
|
type CommentMetadata struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the comment.
|
|
CommentId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
CommentStatus *string `type:"string" enum:"CommentStatusType"`
|
|
|
|
// The user who made the comment.
|
|
Contributor *User `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
CreatedTimestamp *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the user being replied to.
|
|
RecipientId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CommentMetadata) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CommentMetadata) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCommentId sets the CommentId field's value.
|
|
func (s *CommentMetadata) SetCommentId(v string) *CommentMetadata {
|
|
s.CommentId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCommentStatus sets the CommentStatus field's value.
|
|
func (s *CommentMetadata) SetCommentStatus(v string) *CommentMetadata {
|
|
s.CommentStatus = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetContributor sets the Contributor field's value.
|
|
func (s *CommentMetadata) SetContributor(v *User) *CommentMetadata {
|
|
s.Contributor = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCreatedTimestamp sets the CreatedTimestamp field's value.
|
|
func (s *CommentMetadata) SetCreatedTimestamp(v time.Time) *CommentMetadata {
|
|
s.CreatedTimestamp = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRecipientId sets the RecipientId field's value.
|
|
func (s *CommentMetadata) SetRecipientId(v string) *CommentMetadata {
|
|
s.RecipientId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/CreateCommentRequest
|
|
type CreateCommentInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Amazon WorkDocs authentication token. This field should not be set when using
|
|
// administrative API actions, as in accessing the API using AWS credentials.
|
|
AuthenticationToken *string `location:"header" locationName:"Authentication" min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the document.
|
|
//
|
|
// DocumentId is a required field
|
|
DocumentId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"DocumentId" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// Set this parameter to TRUE to send an email out to the document collaborators
|
|
// after the comment is created.
|
|
NotifyCollaborators *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the parent comment.
|
|
ParentId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The text of the comment.
|
|
//
|
|
// Text is a required field
|
|
Text *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the root comment in the thread.
|
|
ThreadId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the document version.
|
|
//
|
|
// VersionId is a required field
|
|
VersionId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"VersionId" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The visibility of the comment. Options are either PRIVATE, where the comment
|
|
// is visible only to the comment author and document owner and co-owners, or
|
|
// PUBLIC, where the comment is visible to document owners, co-owners, and contributors.
|
|
Visibility *string `type:"string" enum:"CommentVisibilityType"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateCommentInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateCommentInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CreateCommentInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateCommentInput"}
|
|
if s.AuthenticationToken != nil && len(*s.AuthenticationToken) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AuthenticationToken", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.DocumentId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DocumentId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.DocumentId != nil && len(*s.DocumentId) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DocumentId", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.ParentId != nil && len(*s.ParentId) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ParentId", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Text == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Text"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Text != nil && len(*s.Text) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Text", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.ThreadId != nil && len(*s.ThreadId) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ThreadId", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.VersionId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VersionId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.VersionId != nil && len(*s.VersionId) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("VersionId", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAuthenticationToken sets the AuthenticationToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateCommentInput) SetAuthenticationToken(v string) *CreateCommentInput {
|
|
s.AuthenticationToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDocumentId sets the DocumentId field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateCommentInput) SetDocumentId(v string) *CreateCommentInput {
|
|
s.DocumentId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNotifyCollaborators sets the NotifyCollaborators field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateCommentInput) SetNotifyCollaborators(v bool) *CreateCommentInput {
|
|
s.NotifyCollaborators = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetParentId sets the ParentId field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateCommentInput) SetParentId(v string) *CreateCommentInput {
|
|
s.ParentId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetText sets the Text field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateCommentInput) SetText(v string) *CreateCommentInput {
|
|
s.Text = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetThreadId sets the ThreadId field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateCommentInput) SetThreadId(v string) *CreateCommentInput {
|
|
s.ThreadId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateCommentInput) SetVersionId(v string) *CreateCommentInput {
|
|
s.VersionId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVisibility sets the Visibility field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateCommentInput) SetVisibility(v string) *CreateCommentInput {
|
|
s.Visibility = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/CreateCommentResponse
|
|
type CreateCommentOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The comment that has been created.
|
|
Comment *Comment `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateCommentOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateCommentOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetComment sets the Comment field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateCommentOutput) SetComment(v *Comment) *CreateCommentOutput {
|
|
s.Comment = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/CreateCustomMetadataRequest
|
|
type CreateCustomMetadataInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Amazon WorkDocs authentication token. This field should not be set when using
|
|
// administrative API actions, as in accessing the API using AWS credentials.
|
|
AuthenticationToken *string `location:"header" locationName:"Authentication" min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Custom metadata in the form of name-value pairs.
|
|
//
|
|
// CustomMetadata is a required field
|
|
CustomMetadata map[string]*string `min:"1" type:"map" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the resource.
|
|
//
|
|
// ResourceId is a required field
|
|
ResourceId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"ResourceId" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the version, if the custom metadata is being added to a document
|
|
// version.
|
|
VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionid" min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateCustomMetadataInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateCustomMetadataInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CreateCustomMetadataInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateCustomMetadataInput"}
|
|
if s.AuthenticationToken != nil && len(*s.AuthenticationToken) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AuthenticationToken", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.CustomMetadata == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("CustomMetadata"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.CustomMetadata != nil && len(s.CustomMetadata) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CustomMetadata", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.ResourceId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.ResourceId != nil && len(*s.ResourceId) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ResourceId", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.VersionId != nil && len(*s.VersionId) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("VersionId", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAuthenticationToken sets the AuthenticationToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateCustomMetadataInput) SetAuthenticationToken(v string) *CreateCustomMetadataInput {
|
|
s.AuthenticationToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCustomMetadata sets the CustomMetadata field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateCustomMetadataInput) SetCustomMetadata(v map[string]*string) *CreateCustomMetadataInput {
|
|
s.CustomMetadata = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetResourceId sets the ResourceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateCustomMetadataInput) SetResourceId(v string) *CreateCustomMetadataInput {
|
|
s.ResourceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateCustomMetadataInput) SetVersionId(v string) *CreateCustomMetadataInput {
|
|
s.VersionId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/CreateCustomMetadataResponse
|
|
type CreateCustomMetadataOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateCustomMetadataOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateCustomMetadataOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/CreateFolderRequest
|
|
type CreateFolderInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Amazon WorkDocs authentication token. This field should not be set when using
|
|
// administrative API actions, as in accessing the API using AWS credentials.
|
|
AuthenticationToken *string `location:"header" locationName:"Authentication" min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the new folder.
|
|
Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the parent folder.
|
|
//
|
|
// ParentFolderId is a required field
|
|
ParentFolderId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateFolderInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateFolderInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CreateFolderInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateFolderInput"}
|
|
if s.AuthenticationToken != nil && len(*s.AuthenticationToken) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AuthenticationToken", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.ParentFolderId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ParentFolderId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.ParentFolderId != nil && len(*s.ParentFolderId) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ParentFolderId", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAuthenticationToken sets the AuthenticationToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateFolderInput) SetAuthenticationToken(v string) *CreateFolderInput {
|
|
s.AuthenticationToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateFolderInput) SetName(v string) *CreateFolderInput {
|
|
s.Name = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetParentFolderId sets the ParentFolderId field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateFolderInput) SetParentFolderId(v string) *CreateFolderInput {
|
|
s.ParentFolderId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/CreateFolderResponse
|
|
type CreateFolderOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The metadata of the folder.
|
|
Metadata *FolderMetadata `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateFolderOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateFolderOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMetadata sets the Metadata field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateFolderOutput) SetMetadata(v *FolderMetadata) *CreateFolderOutput {
|
|
s.Metadata = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/CreateLabelsRequest
|
|
type CreateLabelsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Amazon WorkDocs authentication token. This field should not be set when using
|
|
// administrative API actions, as in accessing the API using AWS credentials.
|
|
AuthenticationToken *string `location:"header" locationName:"Authentication" min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// List of labels to add to the resource.
|
|
//
|
|
// Labels is a required field
|
|
Labels []*string `type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the resource.
|
|
//
|
|
// ResourceId is a required field
|
|
ResourceId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"ResourceId" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateLabelsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateLabelsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CreateLabelsInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateLabelsInput"}
|
|
if s.AuthenticationToken != nil && len(*s.AuthenticationToken) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AuthenticationToken", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Labels == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Labels"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.ResourceId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.ResourceId != nil && len(*s.ResourceId) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ResourceId", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAuthenticationToken sets the AuthenticationToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateLabelsInput) SetAuthenticationToken(v string) *CreateLabelsInput {
|
|
s.AuthenticationToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLabels sets the Labels field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateLabelsInput) SetLabels(v []*string) *CreateLabelsInput {
|
|
s.Labels = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetResourceId sets the ResourceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateLabelsInput) SetResourceId(v string) *CreateLabelsInput {
|
|
s.ResourceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/CreateLabelsResponse
|
|
type CreateLabelsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateLabelsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateLabelsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/CreateNotificationSubscriptionRequest
|
|
type CreateNotificationSubscriptionInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The endpoint to receive the notifications. If the protocol is HTTPS, the
|
|
// endpoint is a URL that begins with "https://".
|
|
//
|
|
// Endpoint is a required field
|
|
Endpoint *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the organization.
|
|
//
|
|
// OrganizationId is a required field
|
|
OrganizationId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"OrganizationId" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The protocol to use. The supported value is https, which delivers JSON-encoded
|
|
// messasges using HTTPS POST.
|
|
//
|
|
// Protocol is a required field
|
|
Protocol *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"SubscriptionProtocolType"`
|
|
|
|
// The notification type.
|
|
//
|
|
// SubscriptionType is a required field
|
|
SubscriptionType *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"SubscriptionType"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateNotificationSubscriptionInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateNotificationSubscriptionInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CreateNotificationSubscriptionInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateNotificationSubscriptionInput"}
|
|
if s.Endpoint == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Endpoint"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Endpoint != nil && len(*s.Endpoint) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Endpoint", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.OrganizationId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OrganizationId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.OrganizationId != nil && len(*s.OrganizationId) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("OrganizationId", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Protocol == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Protocol"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.SubscriptionType == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SubscriptionType"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEndpoint sets the Endpoint field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateNotificationSubscriptionInput) SetEndpoint(v string) *CreateNotificationSubscriptionInput {
|
|
s.Endpoint = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOrganizationId sets the OrganizationId field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateNotificationSubscriptionInput) SetOrganizationId(v string) *CreateNotificationSubscriptionInput {
|
|
s.OrganizationId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetProtocol sets the Protocol field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateNotificationSubscriptionInput) SetProtocol(v string) *CreateNotificationSubscriptionInput {
|
|
s.Protocol = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSubscriptionType sets the SubscriptionType field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateNotificationSubscriptionInput) SetSubscriptionType(v string) *CreateNotificationSubscriptionInput {
|
|
s.SubscriptionType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/CreateNotificationSubscriptionResponse
|
|
type CreateNotificationSubscriptionOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The subscription.
|
|
Subscription *Subscription `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateNotificationSubscriptionOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateNotificationSubscriptionOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSubscription sets the Subscription field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateNotificationSubscriptionOutput) SetSubscription(v *Subscription) *CreateNotificationSubscriptionOutput {
|
|
s.Subscription = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/CreateUserRequest
|
|
type CreateUserInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Amazon WorkDocs authentication token. This field should not be set when using
|
|
// administrative API actions, as in accessing the API using AWS credentials.
|
|
AuthenticationToken *string `location:"header" locationName:"Authentication" min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The email address of the user.
|
|
EmailAddress *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The given name of the user.
|
|
//
|
|
// GivenName is a required field
|
|
GivenName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the organization.
|
|
OrganizationId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The password of the user.
|
|
//
|
|
// Password is a required field
|
|
Password *string `min:"4" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The amount of storage for the user.
|
|
StorageRule *StorageRuleType `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The surname of the user.
|
|
//
|
|
// Surname is a required field
|
|
Surname *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The time zone ID of the user.
|
|
TimeZoneId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The login name of the user.
|
|
//
|
|
// Username is a required field
|
|
Username *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateUserInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateUserInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CreateUserInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateUserInput"}
|
|
if s.AuthenticationToken != nil && len(*s.AuthenticationToken) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AuthenticationToken", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.EmailAddress != nil && len(*s.EmailAddress) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("EmailAddress", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.GivenName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("GivenName"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.GivenName != nil && len(*s.GivenName) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("GivenName", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.OrganizationId != nil && len(*s.OrganizationId) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("OrganizationId", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Password == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Password"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Password != nil && len(*s.Password) < 4 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Password", 4))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Surname == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Surname"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Surname != nil && len(*s.Surname) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Surname", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.TimeZoneId != nil && len(*s.TimeZoneId) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TimeZoneId", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Username == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Username"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Username != nil && len(*s.Username) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Username", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAuthenticationToken sets the AuthenticationToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateUserInput) SetAuthenticationToken(v string) *CreateUserInput {
|
|
s.AuthenticationToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEmailAddress sets the EmailAddress field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateUserInput) SetEmailAddress(v string) *CreateUserInput {
|
|
s.EmailAddress = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetGivenName sets the GivenName field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateUserInput) SetGivenName(v string) *CreateUserInput {
|
|
s.GivenName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOrganizationId sets the OrganizationId field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateUserInput) SetOrganizationId(v string) *CreateUserInput {
|
|
s.OrganizationId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPassword sets the Password field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateUserInput) SetPassword(v string) *CreateUserInput {
|
|
s.Password = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStorageRule sets the StorageRule field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateUserInput) SetStorageRule(v *StorageRuleType) *CreateUserInput {
|
|
s.StorageRule = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSurname sets the Surname field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateUserInput) SetSurname(v string) *CreateUserInput {
|
|
s.Surname = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTimeZoneId sets the TimeZoneId field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateUserInput) SetTimeZoneId(v string) *CreateUserInput {
|
|
s.TimeZoneId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUsername sets the Username field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateUserInput) SetUsername(v string) *CreateUserInput {
|
|
s.Username = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/CreateUserResponse
|
|
type CreateUserOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The user information.
|
|
User *User `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateUserOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateUserOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUser sets the User field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateUserOutput) SetUser(v *User) *CreateUserOutput {
|
|
s.User = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/DeactivateUserRequest
|
|
type DeactivateUserInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Amazon WorkDocs authentication token. This field should not be set when using
|
|
// administrative API actions, as in accessing the API using AWS credentials.
|
|
AuthenticationToken *string `location:"header" locationName:"Authentication" min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the user.
|
|
//
|
|
// UserId is a required field
|
|
UserId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"UserId" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeactivateUserInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeactivateUserInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DeactivateUserInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeactivateUserInput"}
|
|
if s.AuthenticationToken != nil && len(*s.AuthenticationToken) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AuthenticationToken", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.UserId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("UserId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.UserId != nil && len(*s.UserId) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("UserId", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAuthenticationToken sets the AuthenticationToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeactivateUserInput) SetAuthenticationToken(v string) *DeactivateUserInput {
|
|
s.AuthenticationToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUserId sets the UserId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeactivateUserInput) SetUserId(v string) *DeactivateUserInput {
|
|
s.UserId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/DeactivateUserOutput
|
|
type DeactivateUserOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeactivateUserOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeactivateUserOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/DeleteCommentRequest
|
|
type DeleteCommentInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Amazon WorkDocs authentication token. This field should not be set when using
|
|
// administrative API actions, as in accessing the API using AWS credentials.
|
|
AuthenticationToken *string `location:"header" locationName:"Authentication" min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the comment.
|
|
//
|
|
// CommentId is a required field
|
|
CommentId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"CommentId" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the document.
|
|
//
|
|
// DocumentId is a required field
|
|
DocumentId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"DocumentId" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the document version.
|
|
//
|
|
// VersionId is a required field
|
|
VersionId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"VersionId" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteCommentInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteCommentInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DeleteCommentInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteCommentInput"}
|
|
if s.AuthenticationToken != nil && len(*s.AuthenticationToken) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AuthenticationToken", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.CommentId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("CommentId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.CommentId != nil && len(*s.CommentId) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CommentId", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.DocumentId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DocumentId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.DocumentId != nil && len(*s.DocumentId) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DocumentId", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.VersionId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VersionId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.VersionId != nil && len(*s.VersionId) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("VersionId", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAuthenticationToken sets the AuthenticationToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteCommentInput) SetAuthenticationToken(v string) *DeleteCommentInput {
|
|
s.AuthenticationToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCommentId sets the CommentId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteCommentInput) SetCommentId(v string) *DeleteCommentInput {
|
|
s.CommentId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDocumentId sets the DocumentId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteCommentInput) SetDocumentId(v string) *DeleteCommentInput {
|
|
s.DocumentId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteCommentInput) SetVersionId(v string) *DeleteCommentInput {
|
|
s.VersionId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/DeleteCommentOutput
|
|
type DeleteCommentOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteCommentOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteCommentOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/DeleteCustomMetadataRequest
|
|
type DeleteCustomMetadataInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Amazon WorkDocs authentication token. This field should not be set when using
|
|
// administrative API actions, as in accessing the API using AWS credentials.
|
|
AuthenticationToken *string `location:"header" locationName:"Authentication" min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Flag to indicate removal of all custom metadata properties from the specified
|
|
// resource.
|
|
DeleteAll *bool `location:"querystring" locationName:"deleteAll" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// List of properties to remove.
|
|
Keys []*string `location:"querystring" locationName:"keys" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the resource, either a document or folder.
|
|
//
|
|
// ResourceId is a required field
|
|
ResourceId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"ResourceId" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the version, if the custom metadata is being deleted from a document
|
|
// version.
|
|
VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteCustomMetadataInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteCustomMetadataInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DeleteCustomMetadataInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteCustomMetadataInput"}
|
|
if s.AuthenticationToken != nil && len(*s.AuthenticationToken) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AuthenticationToken", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.ResourceId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.ResourceId != nil && len(*s.ResourceId) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ResourceId", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.VersionId != nil && len(*s.VersionId) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("VersionId", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAuthenticationToken sets the AuthenticationToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteCustomMetadataInput) SetAuthenticationToken(v string) *DeleteCustomMetadataInput {
|
|
s.AuthenticationToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDeleteAll sets the DeleteAll field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteCustomMetadataInput) SetDeleteAll(v bool) *DeleteCustomMetadataInput {
|
|
s.DeleteAll = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetKeys sets the Keys field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteCustomMetadataInput) SetKeys(v []*string) *DeleteCustomMetadataInput {
|
|
s.Keys = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetResourceId sets the ResourceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteCustomMetadataInput) SetResourceId(v string) *DeleteCustomMetadataInput {
|
|
s.ResourceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteCustomMetadataInput) SetVersionId(v string) *DeleteCustomMetadataInput {
|
|
s.VersionId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/DeleteCustomMetadataResponse
|
|
type DeleteCustomMetadataOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteCustomMetadataOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteCustomMetadataOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/DeleteDocumentRequest
|
|
type DeleteDocumentInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Amazon WorkDocs authentication token. This field should not be set when using
|
|
// administrative API actions, as in accessing the API using AWS credentials.
|
|
AuthenticationToken *string `location:"header" locationName:"Authentication" min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the document.
|
|
//
|
|
// DocumentId is a required field
|
|
DocumentId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"DocumentId" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteDocumentInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteDocumentInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DeleteDocumentInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteDocumentInput"}
|
|
if s.AuthenticationToken != nil && len(*s.AuthenticationToken) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AuthenticationToken", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.DocumentId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DocumentId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.DocumentId != nil && len(*s.DocumentId) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DocumentId", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAuthenticationToken sets the AuthenticationToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteDocumentInput) SetAuthenticationToken(v string) *DeleteDocumentInput {
|
|
s.AuthenticationToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDocumentId sets the DocumentId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteDocumentInput) SetDocumentId(v string) *DeleteDocumentInput {
|
|
s.DocumentId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/DeleteDocumentOutput
|
|
type DeleteDocumentOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteDocumentOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteDocumentOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/DeleteFolderContentsRequest
|
|
type DeleteFolderContentsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Amazon WorkDocs authentication token. This field should not be set when using
|
|
// administrative API actions, as in accessing the API using AWS credentials.
|
|
AuthenticationToken *string `location:"header" locationName:"Authentication" min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the folder.
|
|
//
|
|
// FolderId is a required field
|
|
FolderId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"FolderId" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteFolderContentsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteFolderContentsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DeleteFolderContentsInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteFolderContentsInput"}
|
|
if s.AuthenticationToken != nil && len(*s.AuthenticationToken) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AuthenticationToken", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.FolderId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("FolderId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.FolderId != nil && len(*s.FolderId) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("FolderId", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAuthenticationToken sets the AuthenticationToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteFolderContentsInput) SetAuthenticationToken(v string) *DeleteFolderContentsInput {
|
|
s.AuthenticationToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFolderId sets the FolderId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteFolderContentsInput) SetFolderId(v string) *DeleteFolderContentsInput {
|
|
s.FolderId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/DeleteFolderContentsOutput
|
|
type DeleteFolderContentsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteFolderContentsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteFolderContentsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/DeleteFolderRequest
|
|
type DeleteFolderInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Amazon WorkDocs authentication token. This field should not be set when using
|
|
// administrative API actions, as in accessing the API using AWS credentials.
|
|
AuthenticationToken *string `location:"header" locationName:"Authentication" min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the folder.
|
|
//
|
|
// FolderId is a required field
|
|
FolderId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"FolderId" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteFolderInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteFolderInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DeleteFolderInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteFolderInput"}
|
|
if s.AuthenticationToken != nil && len(*s.AuthenticationToken) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AuthenticationToken", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.FolderId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("FolderId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.FolderId != nil && len(*s.FolderId) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("FolderId", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAuthenticationToken sets the AuthenticationToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteFolderInput) SetAuthenticationToken(v string) *DeleteFolderInput {
|
|
s.AuthenticationToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFolderId sets the FolderId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteFolderInput) SetFolderId(v string) *DeleteFolderInput {
|
|
s.FolderId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/DeleteFolderOutput
|
|
type DeleteFolderOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteFolderOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteFolderOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/DeleteLabelsRequest
|
|
type DeleteLabelsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Amazon WorkDocs authentication token. This field should not be set when using
|
|
// administrative API actions, as in accessing the API using AWS credentials.
|
|
AuthenticationToken *string `location:"header" locationName:"Authentication" min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Flag to request removal of all labels from the specified resource.
|
|
DeleteAll *bool `location:"querystring" locationName:"deleteAll" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// List of labels to delete from the resource.
|
|
Labels []*string `location:"querystring" locationName:"labels" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the resource.
|
|
//
|
|
// ResourceId is a required field
|
|
ResourceId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"ResourceId" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteLabelsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteLabelsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DeleteLabelsInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteLabelsInput"}
|
|
if s.AuthenticationToken != nil && len(*s.AuthenticationToken) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AuthenticationToken", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.ResourceId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.ResourceId != nil && len(*s.ResourceId) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ResourceId", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAuthenticationToken sets the AuthenticationToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteLabelsInput) SetAuthenticationToken(v string) *DeleteLabelsInput {
|
|
s.AuthenticationToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDeleteAll sets the DeleteAll field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteLabelsInput) SetDeleteAll(v bool) *DeleteLabelsInput {
|
|
s.DeleteAll = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLabels sets the Labels field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteLabelsInput) SetLabels(v []*string) *DeleteLabelsInput {
|
|
s.Labels = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetResourceId sets the ResourceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteLabelsInput) SetResourceId(v string) *DeleteLabelsInput {
|
|
s.ResourceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/DeleteLabelsResponse
|
|
type DeleteLabelsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteLabelsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteLabelsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/DeleteNotificationSubscriptionRequest
|
|
type DeleteNotificationSubscriptionInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the organization.
|
|
//
|
|
// OrganizationId is a required field
|
|
OrganizationId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"OrganizationId" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the subscription.
|
|
//
|
|
// SubscriptionId is a required field
|
|
SubscriptionId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"SubscriptionId" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteNotificationSubscriptionInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteNotificationSubscriptionInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DeleteNotificationSubscriptionInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteNotificationSubscriptionInput"}
|
|
if s.OrganizationId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OrganizationId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.OrganizationId != nil && len(*s.OrganizationId) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("OrganizationId", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.SubscriptionId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SubscriptionId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.SubscriptionId != nil && len(*s.SubscriptionId) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("SubscriptionId", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOrganizationId sets the OrganizationId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteNotificationSubscriptionInput) SetOrganizationId(v string) *DeleteNotificationSubscriptionInput {
|
|
s.OrganizationId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSubscriptionId sets the SubscriptionId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteNotificationSubscriptionInput) SetSubscriptionId(v string) *DeleteNotificationSubscriptionInput {
|
|
s.SubscriptionId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/DeleteNotificationSubscriptionOutput
|
|
type DeleteNotificationSubscriptionOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteNotificationSubscriptionOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteNotificationSubscriptionOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/DeleteUserRequest
|
|
type DeleteUserInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Amazon WorkDocs authentication token. This field should not be set when using
|
|
// administrative API actions, as in accessing the API using AWS credentials.
|
|
AuthenticationToken *string `location:"header" locationName:"Authentication" min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the user.
|
|
//
|
|
// UserId is a required field
|
|
UserId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"UserId" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteUserInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteUserInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DeleteUserInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteUserInput"}
|
|
if s.AuthenticationToken != nil && len(*s.AuthenticationToken) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AuthenticationToken", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.UserId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("UserId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.UserId != nil && len(*s.UserId) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("UserId", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAuthenticationToken sets the AuthenticationToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteUserInput) SetAuthenticationToken(v string) *DeleteUserInput {
|
|
s.AuthenticationToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUserId sets the UserId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteUserInput) SetUserId(v string) *DeleteUserInput {
|
|
s.UserId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/DeleteUserOutput
|
|
type DeleteUserOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteUserOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteUserOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/DescribeActivitiesRequest
|
|
type DescribeActivitiesInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Amazon WorkDocs authentication token. This field should not be set when using
|
|
// administrative API actions, as in accessing the API using AWS credentials.
|
|
AuthenticationToken *string `location:"header" locationName:"Authentication" min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The timestamp that determines the end time of the activities; the response
|
|
// includes the activities performed before the specified timestamp.
|
|
EndTime *time.Time `location:"querystring" locationName:"endTime" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of items to return.
|
|
Limit *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"limit" min:"1" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The marker for the next set of results. (You received this marker from a
|
|
// previous call.)
|
|
Marker *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"marker" min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the organization. This is a mandatory parameter when using administrative
|
|
// API (SigV4) requests.
|
|
OrganizationId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"organizationId" min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The timestamp that determines the starting time of the activities; the response
|
|
// includes the activities performed after the specified timestamp.
|
|
StartTime *time.Time `location:"querystring" locationName:"startTime" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the user who performed the action. The response includes activities
|
|
// pertaining to this user. This is an optional parameter and is only applicable
|
|
// for administrative API (SigV4) requests.
|
|
UserId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"userId" min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeActivitiesInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeActivitiesInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DescribeActivitiesInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeActivitiesInput"}
|
|
if s.AuthenticationToken != nil && len(*s.AuthenticationToken) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AuthenticationToken", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Limit != nil && *s.Limit < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Limit", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Marker != nil && len(*s.Marker) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Marker", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.OrganizationId != nil && len(*s.OrganizationId) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("OrganizationId", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.UserId != nil && len(*s.UserId) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("UserId", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAuthenticationToken sets the AuthenticationToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeActivitiesInput) SetAuthenticationToken(v string) *DescribeActivitiesInput {
|
|
s.AuthenticationToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEndTime sets the EndTime field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeActivitiesInput) SetEndTime(v time.Time) *DescribeActivitiesInput {
|
|
s.EndTime = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLimit sets the Limit field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeActivitiesInput) SetLimit(v int64) *DescribeActivitiesInput {
|
|
s.Limit = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeActivitiesInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeActivitiesInput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOrganizationId sets the OrganizationId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeActivitiesInput) SetOrganizationId(v string) *DescribeActivitiesInput {
|
|
s.OrganizationId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStartTime sets the StartTime field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeActivitiesInput) SetStartTime(v time.Time) *DescribeActivitiesInput {
|
|
s.StartTime = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUserId sets the UserId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeActivitiesInput) SetUserId(v string) *DescribeActivitiesInput {
|
|
s.UserId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/DescribeActivitiesResponse
|
|
type DescribeActivitiesOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The marker for the next set of results.
|
|
Marker *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The list of activities for the specified user and time period.
|
|
UserActivities []*Activity `type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeActivitiesOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeActivitiesOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeActivitiesOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeActivitiesOutput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUserActivities sets the UserActivities field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeActivitiesOutput) SetUserActivities(v []*Activity) *DescribeActivitiesOutput {
|
|
s.UserActivities = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/DescribeCommentsRequest
|
|
type DescribeCommentsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Amazon WorkDocs authentication token. This field should not be set when using
|
|
// administrative API actions, as in accessing the API using AWS credentials.
|
|
AuthenticationToken *string `location:"header" locationName:"Authentication" min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the document.
|
|
//
|
|
// DocumentId is a required field
|
|
DocumentId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"DocumentId" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of items to return.
|
|
Limit *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"limit" min:"1" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The marker for the next set of results. This marker was received from a previous
|
|
// call.
|
|
Marker *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"marker" min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the document version.
|
|
//
|
|
// VersionId is a required field
|
|
VersionId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"VersionId" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeCommentsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeCommentsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DescribeCommentsInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeCommentsInput"}
|
|
if s.AuthenticationToken != nil && len(*s.AuthenticationToken) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AuthenticationToken", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.DocumentId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DocumentId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.DocumentId != nil && len(*s.DocumentId) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DocumentId", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Limit != nil && *s.Limit < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Limit", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Marker != nil && len(*s.Marker) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Marker", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.VersionId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VersionId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.VersionId != nil && len(*s.VersionId) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("VersionId", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAuthenticationToken sets the AuthenticationToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeCommentsInput) SetAuthenticationToken(v string) *DescribeCommentsInput {
|
|
s.AuthenticationToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDocumentId sets the DocumentId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeCommentsInput) SetDocumentId(v string) *DescribeCommentsInput {
|
|
s.DocumentId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLimit sets the Limit field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeCommentsInput) SetLimit(v int64) *DescribeCommentsInput {
|
|
s.Limit = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeCommentsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeCommentsInput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeCommentsInput) SetVersionId(v string) *DescribeCommentsInput {
|
|
s.VersionId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/DescribeCommentsResponse
|
|
type DescribeCommentsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The list of comments for the specified document version.
|
|
Comments []*Comment `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The marker for the next set of results. This marker was received from a previous
|
|
// call.
|
|
Marker *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeCommentsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeCommentsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetComments sets the Comments field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeCommentsOutput) SetComments(v []*Comment) *DescribeCommentsOutput {
|
|
s.Comments = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeCommentsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeCommentsOutput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/DescribeDocumentVersionsRequest
|
|
type DescribeDocumentVersionsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Amazon WorkDocs authentication token. This field should not be set when using
|
|
// administrative API actions, as in accessing the API using AWS credentials.
|
|
AuthenticationToken *string `location:"header" locationName:"Authentication" min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the document.
|
|
//
|
|
// DocumentId is a required field
|
|
DocumentId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"DocumentId" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// Specify "SOURCE" to include initialized versions and a URL for the source
|
|
// document.
|
|
Fields *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"fields" min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A comma-separated list of values. Specify "INITIALIZED" to include incomplete
|
|
// versions.
|
|
Include *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"include" min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of versions to return with this call.
|
|
Limit *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"limit" min:"1" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The marker for the next set of results. (You received this marker from a
|
|
// previous call.)
|
|
Marker *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"marker" min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDocumentVersionsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDocumentVersionsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDocumentVersionsInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDocumentVersionsInput"}
|
|
if s.AuthenticationToken != nil && len(*s.AuthenticationToken) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AuthenticationToken", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.DocumentId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DocumentId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.DocumentId != nil && len(*s.DocumentId) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DocumentId", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Fields != nil && len(*s.Fields) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Fields", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Include != nil && len(*s.Include) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Include", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Limit != nil && *s.Limit < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Limit", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Marker != nil && len(*s.Marker) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Marker", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAuthenticationToken sets the AuthenticationToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDocumentVersionsInput) SetAuthenticationToken(v string) *DescribeDocumentVersionsInput {
|
|
s.AuthenticationToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDocumentId sets the DocumentId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDocumentVersionsInput) SetDocumentId(v string) *DescribeDocumentVersionsInput {
|
|
s.DocumentId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFields sets the Fields field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDocumentVersionsInput) SetFields(v string) *DescribeDocumentVersionsInput {
|
|
s.Fields = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInclude sets the Include field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDocumentVersionsInput) SetInclude(v string) *DescribeDocumentVersionsInput {
|
|
s.Include = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLimit sets the Limit field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDocumentVersionsInput) SetLimit(v int64) *DescribeDocumentVersionsInput {
|
|
s.Limit = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDocumentVersionsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDocumentVersionsInput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/DescribeDocumentVersionsResponse
|
|
type DescribeDocumentVersionsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The document versions.
|
|
DocumentVersions []*DocumentVersionMetadata `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The marker to use when requesting the next set of results. If there are no
|
|
// additional results, the string is empty.
|
|
Marker *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDocumentVersionsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDocumentVersionsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDocumentVersions sets the DocumentVersions field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDocumentVersionsOutput) SetDocumentVersions(v []*DocumentVersionMetadata) *DescribeDocumentVersionsOutput {
|
|
s.DocumentVersions = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDocumentVersionsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDocumentVersionsOutput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/DescribeFolderContentsRequest
|
|
type DescribeFolderContentsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Amazon WorkDocs authentication token. This field should not be set when using
|
|
// administrative API actions, as in accessing the API using AWS credentials.
|
|
AuthenticationToken *string `location:"header" locationName:"Authentication" min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the folder.
|
|
//
|
|
// FolderId is a required field
|
|
FolderId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"FolderId" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The contents to include. Specify "INITIALIZED" to include initialized documents.
|
|
Include *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"include" min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of items to return with this call.
|
|
Limit *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"limit" min:"1" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The marker for the next set of results. This marker was received from a previous
|
|
// call.
|
|
Marker *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"marker" min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The order for the contents of the folder.
|
|
Order *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"order" type:"string" enum:"OrderType"`
|
|
|
|
// The sorting criteria.
|
|
Sort *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"sort" type:"string" enum:"ResourceSortType"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of items.
|
|
Type *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"type" type:"string" enum:"FolderContentType"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeFolderContentsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeFolderContentsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DescribeFolderContentsInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeFolderContentsInput"}
|
|
if s.AuthenticationToken != nil && len(*s.AuthenticationToken) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AuthenticationToken", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.FolderId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("FolderId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.FolderId != nil && len(*s.FolderId) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("FolderId", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Include != nil && len(*s.Include) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Include", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Limit != nil && *s.Limit < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Limit", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Marker != nil && len(*s.Marker) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Marker", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAuthenticationToken sets the AuthenticationToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeFolderContentsInput) SetAuthenticationToken(v string) *DescribeFolderContentsInput {
|
|
s.AuthenticationToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFolderId sets the FolderId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeFolderContentsInput) SetFolderId(v string) *DescribeFolderContentsInput {
|
|
s.FolderId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInclude sets the Include field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeFolderContentsInput) SetInclude(v string) *DescribeFolderContentsInput {
|
|
s.Include = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLimit sets the Limit field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeFolderContentsInput) SetLimit(v int64) *DescribeFolderContentsInput {
|
|
s.Limit = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeFolderContentsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeFolderContentsInput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOrder sets the Order field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeFolderContentsInput) SetOrder(v string) *DescribeFolderContentsInput {
|
|
s.Order = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSort sets the Sort field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeFolderContentsInput) SetSort(v string) *DescribeFolderContentsInput {
|
|
s.Sort = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetType sets the Type field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeFolderContentsInput) SetType(v string) *DescribeFolderContentsInput {
|
|
s.Type = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/DescribeFolderContentsResponse
|
|
type DescribeFolderContentsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The documents in the specified folder.
|
|
Documents []*DocumentMetadata `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The subfolders in the specified folder.
|
|
Folders []*FolderMetadata `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The marker to use when requesting the next set of results. If there are no
|
|
// additional results, the string is empty.
|
|
Marker *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeFolderContentsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeFolderContentsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDocuments sets the Documents field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeFolderContentsOutput) SetDocuments(v []*DocumentMetadata) *DescribeFolderContentsOutput {
|
|
s.Documents = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFolders sets the Folders field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeFolderContentsOutput) SetFolders(v []*FolderMetadata) *DescribeFolderContentsOutput {
|
|
s.Folders = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeFolderContentsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeFolderContentsOutput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/DescribeNotificationSubscriptionsRequest
|
|
type DescribeNotificationSubscriptionsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of items to return with this call.
|
|
Limit *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"limit" min:"1" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The marker for the next set of results. (You received this marker from a
|
|
// previous call.)
|
|
Marker *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"marker" min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the organization.
|
|
//
|
|
// OrganizationId is a required field
|
|
OrganizationId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"OrganizationId" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeNotificationSubscriptionsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeNotificationSubscriptionsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DescribeNotificationSubscriptionsInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeNotificationSubscriptionsInput"}
|
|
if s.Limit != nil && *s.Limit < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Limit", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Marker != nil && len(*s.Marker) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Marker", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.OrganizationId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OrganizationId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.OrganizationId != nil && len(*s.OrganizationId) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("OrganizationId", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLimit sets the Limit field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeNotificationSubscriptionsInput) SetLimit(v int64) *DescribeNotificationSubscriptionsInput {
|
|
s.Limit = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeNotificationSubscriptionsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeNotificationSubscriptionsInput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOrganizationId sets the OrganizationId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeNotificationSubscriptionsInput) SetOrganizationId(v string) *DescribeNotificationSubscriptionsInput {
|
|
s.OrganizationId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/DescribeNotificationSubscriptionsResponse
|
|
type DescribeNotificationSubscriptionsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The marker to use when requesting the next set of results. If there are no
|
|
// additional results, the string is empty.
|
|
Marker *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The subscriptions.
|
|
Subscriptions []*Subscription `type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeNotificationSubscriptionsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeNotificationSubscriptionsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeNotificationSubscriptionsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeNotificationSubscriptionsOutput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSubscriptions sets the Subscriptions field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeNotificationSubscriptionsOutput) SetSubscriptions(v []*Subscription) *DescribeNotificationSubscriptionsOutput {
|
|
s.Subscriptions = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/DescribeResourcePermissionsRequest
|
|
type DescribeResourcePermissionsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Amazon WorkDocs authentication token. This field should not be set when using
|
|
// administrative API actions, as in accessing the API using AWS credentials.
|
|
AuthenticationToken *string `location:"header" locationName:"Authentication" min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of items to return with this call.
|
|
Limit *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"limit" min:"1" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The marker for the next set of results. (You received this marker from a
|
|
// previous call)
|
|
Marker *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"marker" min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the resource.
|
|
//
|
|
// ResourceId is a required field
|
|
ResourceId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"ResourceId" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeResourcePermissionsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeResourcePermissionsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DescribeResourcePermissionsInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeResourcePermissionsInput"}
|
|
if s.AuthenticationToken != nil && len(*s.AuthenticationToken) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AuthenticationToken", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Limit != nil && *s.Limit < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Limit", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Marker != nil && len(*s.Marker) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Marker", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.ResourceId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.ResourceId != nil && len(*s.ResourceId) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ResourceId", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAuthenticationToken sets the AuthenticationToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeResourcePermissionsInput) SetAuthenticationToken(v string) *DescribeResourcePermissionsInput {
|
|
s.AuthenticationToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLimit sets the Limit field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeResourcePermissionsInput) SetLimit(v int64) *DescribeResourcePermissionsInput {
|
|
s.Limit = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeResourcePermissionsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeResourcePermissionsInput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetResourceId sets the ResourceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeResourcePermissionsInput) SetResourceId(v string) *DescribeResourcePermissionsInput {
|
|
s.ResourceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/DescribeResourcePermissionsResponse
|
|
type DescribeResourcePermissionsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The marker to use when requesting the next set of results. If there are no
|
|
// additional results, the string is empty.
|
|
Marker *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The principals.
|
|
Principals []*Principal `type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeResourcePermissionsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeResourcePermissionsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeResourcePermissionsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeResourcePermissionsOutput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPrincipals sets the Principals field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeResourcePermissionsOutput) SetPrincipals(v []*Principal) *DescribeResourcePermissionsOutput {
|
|
s.Principals = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/DescribeRootFoldersRequest
|
|
type DescribeRootFoldersInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Amazon WorkDocs authentication token. This field should not be set when using
|
|
// administrative API actions, as in accessing the API using AWS credentials.
|
|
//
|
|
// AuthenticationToken is a required field
|
|
AuthenticationToken *string `location:"header" locationName:"Authentication" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of items to return.
|
|
Limit *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"limit" min:"1" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The marker for the next set of results. (You received this marker from a
|
|
// previous call.)
|
|
Marker *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"marker" min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeRootFoldersInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeRootFoldersInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DescribeRootFoldersInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeRootFoldersInput"}
|
|
if s.AuthenticationToken == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AuthenticationToken"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.AuthenticationToken != nil && len(*s.AuthenticationToken) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AuthenticationToken", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Limit != nil && *s.Limit < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Limit", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Marker != nil && len(*s.Marker) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Marker", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAuthenticationToken sets the AuthenticationToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeRootFoldersInput) SetAuthenticationToken(v string) *DescribeRootFoldersInput {
|
|
s.AuthenticationToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLimit sets the Limit field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeRootFoldersInput) SetLimit(v int64) *DescribeRootFoldersInput {
|
|
s.Limit = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeRootFoldersInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeRootFoldersInput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/DescribeRootFoldersResponse
|
|
type DescribeRootFoldersOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The user's special folders.
|
|
Folders []*FolderMetadata `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The marker for the next set of results.
|
|
Marker *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeRootFoldersOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeRootFoldersOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFolders sets the Folders field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeRootFoldersOutput) SetFolders(v []*FolderMetadata) *DescribeRootFoldersOutput {
|
|
s.Folders = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeRootFoldersOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeRootFoldersOutput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/DescribeUsersRequest
|
|
type DescribeUsersInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Amazon WorkDocs authentication token. This field should not be set when using
|
|
// administrative API actions, as in accessing the API using AWS credentials.
|
|
AuthenticationToken *string `location:"header" locationName:"Authentication" min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A comma-separated list of values. Specify "STORAGE_METADATA" to include the
|
|
// user storage quota and utilization information.
|
|
Fields *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"fields" min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The state of the users. Specify "ALL" to include inactive users.
|
|
Include *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"include" type:"string" enum:"UserFilterType"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of items to return.
|
|
Limit *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"limit" min:"1" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The marker for the next set of results. (You received this marker from a
|
|
// previous call.)
|
|
Marker *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"marker" min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The order for the results.
|
|
Order *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"order" type:"string" enum:"OrderType"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the organization.
|
|
OrganizationId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"organizationId" min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A query to filter users by user name.
|
|
Query *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"query" min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The sorting criteria.
|
|
Sort *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"sort" type:"string" enum:"UserSortType"`
|
|
|
|
// The IDs of the users.
|
|
UserIds *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"userIds" min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeUsersInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeUsersInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DescribeUsersInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeUsersInput"}
|
|
if s.AuthenticationToken != nil && len(*s.AuthenticationToken) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AuthenticationToken", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Fields != nil && len(*s.Fields) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Fields", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Limit != nil && *s.Limit < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Limit", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Marker != nil && len(*s.Marker) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Marker", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.OrganizationId != nil && len(*s.OrganizationId) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("OrganizationId", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Query != nil && len(*s.Query) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Query", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.UserIds != nil && len(*s.UserIds) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("UserIds", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAuthenticationToken sets the AuthenticationToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeUsersInput) SetAuthenticationToken(v string) *DescribeUsersInput {
|
|
s.AuthenticationToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFields sets the Fields field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeUsersInput) SetFields(v string) *DescribeUsersInput {
|
|
s.Fields = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInclude sets the Include field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeUsersInput) SetInclude(v string) *DescribeUsersInput {
|
|
s.Include = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLimit sets the Limit field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeUsersInput) SetLimit(v int64) *DescribeUsersInput {
|
|
s.Limit = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeUsersInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeUsersInput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOrder sets the Order field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeUsersInput) SetOrder(v string) *DescribeUsersInput {
|
|
s.Order = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOrganizationId sets the OrganizationId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeUsersInput) SetOrganizationId(v string) *DescribeUsersInput {
|
|
s.OrganizationId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetQuery sets the Query field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeUsersInput) SetQuery(v string) *DescribeUsersInput {
|
|
s.Query = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSort sets the Sort field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeUsersInput) SetSort(v string) *DescribeUsersInput {
|
|
s.Sort = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUserIds sets the UserIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeUsersInput) SetUserIds(v string) *DescribeUsersInput {
|
|
s.UserIds = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/DescribeUsersResponse
|
|
type DescribeUsersOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The marker to use when requesting the next set of results. If there are no
|
|
// additional results, the string is empty.
|
|
Marker *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The total number of users included in the results.
|
|
TotalNumberOfUsers *int64 `type:"long"`
|
|
|
|
// The users.
|
|
Users []*User `type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeUsersOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeUsersOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeUsersOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeUsersOutput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTotalNumberOfUsers sets the TotalNumberOfUsers field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeUsersOutput) SetTotalNumberOfUsers(v int64) *DescribeUsersOutput {
|
|
s.TotalNumberOfUsers = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUsers sets the Users field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeUsersOutput) SetUsers(v []*User) *DescribeUsersOutput {
|
|
s.Users = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the document.
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/DocumentMetadata
|
|
type DocumentMetadata struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The time when the document was created.
|
|
CreatedTimestamp *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the creator.
|
|
CreatorId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the document.
|
|
Id *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// List of labels on the document.
|
|
Labels []*string `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The latest version of the document.
|
|
LatestVersionMetadata *DocumentVersionMetadata `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The time when the document was updated.
|
|
ModifiedTimestamp *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the parent folder.
|
|
ParentFolderId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The resource state.
|
|
ResourceState *string `type:"string" enum:"ResourceStateType"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DocumentMetadata) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DocumentMetadata) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCreatedTimestamp sets the CreatedTimestamp field's value.
|
|
func (s *DocumentMetadata) SetCreatedTimestamp(v time.Time) *DocumentMetadata {
|
|
s.CreatedTimestamp = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCreatorId sets the CreatorId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DocumentMetadata) SetCreatorId(v string) *DocumentMetadata {
|
|
s.CreatorId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetId sets the Id field's value.
|
|
func (s *DocumentMetadata) SetId(v string) *DocumentMetadata {
|
|
s.Id = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLabels sets the Labels field's value.
|
|
func (s *DocumentMetadata) SetLabels(v []*string) *DocumentMetadata {
|
|
s.Labels = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLatestVersionMetadata sets the LatestVersionMetadata field's value.
|
|
func (s *DocumentMetadata) SetLatestVersionMetadata(v *DocumentVersionMetadata) *DocumentMetadata {
|
|
s.LatestVersionMetadata = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetModifiedTimestamp sets the ModifiedTimestamp field's value.
|
|
func (s *DocumentMetadata) SetModifiedTimestamp(v time.Time) *DocumentMetadata {
|
|
s.ModifiedTimestamp = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetParentFolderId sets the ParentFolderId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DocumentMetadata) SetParentFolderId(v string) *DocumentMetadata {
|
|
s.ParentFolderId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetResourceState sets the ResourceState field's value.
|
|
func (s *DocumentMetadata) SetResourceState(v string) *DocumentMetadata {
|
|
s.ResourceState = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a version of a document.
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/DocumentVersionMetadata
|
|
type DocumentVersionMetadata struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The time stamp when the content of the document was originally created.
|
|
ContentCreatedTimestamp *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"`
|
|
|
|
// The time stamp when the content of the document was modified.
|
|
ContentModifiedTimestamp *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"`
|
|
|
|
// The content type of the document.
|
|
ContentType *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The time stamp when the document was first uploaded.
|
|
CreatedTimestamp *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the creator.
|
|
CreatorId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the version.
|
|
Id *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The time stamp when the document was last uploaded.
|
|
ModifiedTimestamp *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the version.
|
|
Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The signature of the document.
|
|
Signature *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The size of the document, in bytes.
|
|
Size *int64 `type:"long"`
|
|
|
|
// The source of the document.
|
|
Source map[string]*string `type:"map"`
|
|
|
|
// The status of the document.
|
|
Status *string `type:"string" enum:"DocumentStatusType"`
|
|
|
|
// The thumbnail of the document.
|
|
Thumbnail map[string]*string `type:"map"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DocumentVersionMetadata) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DocumentVersionMetadata) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetContentCreatedTimestamp sets the ContentCreatedTimestamp field's value.
|
|
func (s *DocumentVersionMetadata) SetContentCreatedTimestamp(v time.Time) *DocumentVersionMetadata {
|
|
s.ContentCreatedTimestamp = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetContentModifiedTimestamp sets the ContentModifiedTimestamp field's value.
|
|
func (s *DocumentVersionMetadata) SetContentModifiedTimestamp(v time.Time) *DocumentVersionMetadata {
|
|
s.ContentModifiedTimestamp = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetContentType sets the ContentType field's value.
|
|
func (s *DocumentVersionMetadata) SetContentType(v string) *DocumentVersionMetadata {
|
|
s.ContentType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCreatedTimestamp sets the CreatedTimestamp field's value.
|
|
func (s *DocumentVersionMetadata) SetCreatedTimestamp(v time.Time) *DocumentVersionMetadata {
|
|
s.CreatedTimestamp = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCreatorId sets the CreatorId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DocumentVersionMetadata) SetCreatorId(v string) *DocumentVersionMetadata {
|
|
s.CreatorId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetId sets the Id field's value.
|
|
func (s *DocumentVersionMetadata) SetId(v string) *DocumentVersionMetadata {
|
|
s.Id = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetModifiedTimestamp sets the ModifiedTimestamp field's value.
|
|
func (s *DocumentVersionMetadata) SetModifiedTimestamp(v time.Time) *DocumentVersionMetadata {
|
|
s.ModifiedTimestamp = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
|
|
func (s *DocumentVersionMetadata) SetName(v string) *DocumentVersionMetadata {
|
|
s.Name = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSignature sets the Signature field's value.
|
|
func (s *DocumentVersionMetadata) SetSignature(v string) *DocumentVersionMetadata {
|
|
s.Signature = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSize sets the Size field's value.
|
|
func (s *DocumentVersionMetadata) SetSize(v int64) *DocumentVersionMetadata {
|
|
s.Size = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSource sets the Source field's value.
|
|
func (s *DocumentVersionMetadata) SetSource(v map[string]*string) *DocumentVersionMetadata {
|
|
s.Source = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
|
|
func (s *DocumentVersionMetadata) SetStatus(v string) *DocumentVersionMetadata {
|
|
s.Status = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetThumbnail sets the Thumbnail field's value.
|
|
func (s *DocumentVersionMetadata) SetThumbnail(v map[string]*string) *DocumentVersionMetadata {
|
|
s.Thumbnail = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a folder.
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/FolderMetadata
|
|
type FolderMetadata struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The time when the folder was created.
|
|
CreatedTimestamp *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the creator.
|
|
CreatorId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the folder.
|
|
Id *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// List of labels on the folder.
|
|
Labels []*string `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The size of the latest version of the folder metadata.
|
|
LatestVersionSize *int64 `type:"long"`
|
|
|
|
// The time when the folder was updated.
|
|
ModifiedTimestamp *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the folder.
|
|
Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the parent folder.
|
|
ParentFolderId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The resource state of the folder.
|
|
ResourceState *string `type:"string" enum:"ResourceStateType"`
|
|
|
|
// The unique identifier created from the subfolders and documents of the folder.
|
|
Signature *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The size of the folder metadata.
|
|
Size *int64 `type:"long"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s FolderMetadata) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s FolderMetadata) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCreatedTimestamp sets the CreatedTimestamp field's value.
|
|
func (s *FolderMetadata) SetCreatedTimestamp(v time.Time) *FolderMetadata {
|
|
s.CreatedTimestamp = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCreatorId sets the CreatorId field's value.
|
|
func (s *FolderMetadata) SetCreatorId(v string) *FolderMetadata {
|
|
s.CreatorId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetId sets the Id field's value.
|
|
func (s *FolderMetadata) SetId(v string) *FolderMetadata {
|
|
s.Id = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLabels sets the Labels field's value.
|
|
func (s *FolderMetadata) SetLabels(v []*string) *FolderMetadata {
|
|
s.Labels = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLatestVersionSize sets the LatestVersionSize field's value.
|
|
func (s *FolderMetadata) SetLatestVersionSize(v int64) *FolderMetadata {
|
|
s.LatestVersionSize = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetModifiedTimestamp sets the ModifiedTimestamp field's value.
|
|
func (s *FolderMetadata) SetModifiedTimestamp(v time.Time) *FolderMetadata {
|
|
s.ModifiedTimestamp = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
|
|
func (s *FolderMetadata) SetName(v string) *FolderMetadata {
|
|
s.Name = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetParentFolderId sets the ParentFolderId field's value.
|
|
func (s *FolderMetadata) SetParentFolderId(v string) *FolderMetadata {
|
|
s.ParentFolderId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetResourceState sets the ResourceState field's value.
|
|
func (s *FolderMetadata) SetResourceState(v string) *FolderMetadata {
|
|
s.ResourceState = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSignature sets the Signature field's value.
|
|
func (s *FolderMetadata) SetSignature(v string) *FolderMetadata {
|
|
s.Signature = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSize sets the Size field's value.
|
|
func (s *FolderMetadata) SetSize(v int64) *FolderMetadata {
|
|
s.Size = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/GetCurrentUserRequest
|
|
type GetCurrentUserInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Amazon WorkDocs authentication token.
|
|
//
|
|
// AuthenticationToken is a required field
|
|
AuthenticationToken *string `location:"header" locationName:"Authentication" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetCurrentUserInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetCurrentUserInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *GetCurrentUserInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetCurrentUserInput"}
|
|
if s.AuthenticationToken == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AuthenticationToken"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.AuthenticationToken != nil && len(*s.AuthenticationToken) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AuthenticationToken", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAuthenticationToken sets the AuthenticationToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetCurrentUserInput) SetAuthenticationToken(v string) *GetCurrentUserInput {
|
|
s.AuthenticationToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/GetCurrentUserResponse
|
|
type GetCurrentUserOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Metadata of the user.
|
|
User *User `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetCurrentUserOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetCurrentUserOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUser sets the User field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetCurrentUserOutput) SetUser(v *User) *GetCurrentUserOutput {
|
|
s.User = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/GetDocumentRequest
|
|
type GetDocumentInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Amazon WorkDocs authentication token. This field should not be set when using
|
|
// administrative API actions, as in accessing the API using AWS credentials.
|
|
AuthenticationToken *string `location:"header" locationName:"Authentication" min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the document.
|
|
//
|
|
// DocumentId is a required field
|
|
DocumentId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"DocumentId" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// Set this to TRUE to include custom metadata in the response.
|
|
IncludeCustomMetadata *bool `location:"querystring" locationName:"includeCustomMetadata" type:"boolean"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetDocumentInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetDocumentInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *GetDocumentInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetDocumentInput"}
|
|
if s.AuthenticationToken != nil && len(*s.AuthenticationToken) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AuthenticationToken", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.DocumentId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DocumentId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.DocumentId != nil && len(*s.DocumentId) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DocumentId", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAuthenticationToken sets the AuthenticationToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetDocumentInput) SetAuthenticationToken(v string) *GetDocumentInput {
|
|
s.AuthenticationToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDocumentId sets the DocumentId field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetDocumentInput) SetDocumentId(v string) *GetDocumentInput {
|
|
s.DocumentId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIncludeCustomMetadata sets the IncludeCustomMetadata field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetDocumentInput) SetIncludeCustomMetadata(v bool) *GetDocumentInput {
|
|
s.IncludeCustomMetadata = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/GetDocumentResponse
|
|
type GetDocumentOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The custom metadata on the document.
|
|
CustomMetadata map[string]*string `min:"1" type:"map"`
|
|
|
|
// The metadata details of the document.
|
|
Metadata *DocumentMetadata `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetDocumentOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetDocumentOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCustomMetadata sets the CustomMetadata field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetDocumentOutput) SetCustomMetadata(v map[string]*string) *GetDocumentOutput {
|
|
s.CustomMetadata = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMetadata sets the Metadata field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetDocumentOutput) SetMetadata(v *DocumentMetadata) *GetDocumentOutput {
|
|
s.Metadata = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/GetDocumentPathRequest
|
|
type GetDocumentPathInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Amazon WorkDocs authentication token. This field should not be set when using
|
|
// administrative API actions, as in accessing the API using AWS credentials.
|
|
AuthenticationToken *string `location:"header" locationName:"Authentication" min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the document.
|
|
//
|
|
// DocumentId is a required field
|
|
DocumentId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"DocumentId" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// A comma-separated list of values. Specify NAME to include the names of the
|
|
// parent folders.
|
|
Fields *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"fields" min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of levels in the hierarchy to return.
|
|
Limit *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"limit" min:"1" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// This value is not supported.
|
|
Marker *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"marker" min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetDocumentPathInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetDocumentPathInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *GetDocumentPathInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetDocumentPathInput"}
|
|
if s.AuthenticationToken != nil && len(*s.AuthenticationToken) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AuthenticationToken", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.DocumentId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DocumentId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.DocumentId != nil && len(*s.DocumentId) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DocumentId", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Fields != nil && len(*s.Fields) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Fields", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Limit != nil && *s.Limit < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Limit", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Marker != nil && len(*s.Marker) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Marker", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAuthenticationToken sets the AuthenticationToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetDocumentPathInput) SetAuthenticationToken(v string) *GetDocumentPathInput {
|
|
s.AuthenticationToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDocumentId sets the DocumentId field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetDocumentPathInput) SetDocumentId(v string) *GetDocumentPathInput {
|
|
s.DocumentId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFields sets the Fields field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetDocumentPathInput) SetFields(v string) *GetDocumentPathInput {
|
|
s.Fields = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLimit sets the Limit field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetDocumentPathInput) SetLimit(v int64) *GetDocumentPathInput {
|
|
s.Limit = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetDocumentPathInput) SetMarker(v string) *GetDocumentPathInput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/GetDocumentPathResponse
|
|
type GetDocumentPathOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The path information.
|
|
Path *ResourcePath `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetDocumentPathOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetDocumentPathOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPath sets the Path field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetDocumentPathOutput) SetPath(v *ResourcePath) *GetDocumentPathOutput {
|
|
s.Path = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/GetDocumentVersionRequest
|
|
type GetDocumentVersionInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Amazon WorkDocs authentication token. This field should not be set when using
|
|
// administrative API actions, as in accessing the API using AWS credentials.
|
|
AuthenticationToken *string `location:"header" locationName:"Authentication" min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the document.
|
|
//
|
|
// DocumentId is a required field
|
|
DocumentId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"DocumentId" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// A comma-separated list of values. Specify "SOURCE" to include a URL for the
|
|
// source document.
|
|
Fields *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"fields" min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Set this to TRUE to include custom metadata in the response.
|
|
IncludeCustomMetadata *bool `location:"querystring" locationName:"includeCustomMetadata" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The version ID of the document.
|
|
//
|
|
// VersionId is a required field
|
|
VersionId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"VersionId" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetDocumentVersionInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetDocumentVersionInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *GetDocumentVersionInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetDocumentVersionInput"}
|
|
if s.AuthenticationToken != nil && len(*s.AuthenticationToken) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AuthenticationToken", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.DocumentId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DocumentId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.DocumentId != nil && len(*s.DocumentId) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DocumentId", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Fields != nil && len(*s.Fields) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Fields", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.VersionId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VersionId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.VersionId != nil && len(*s.VersionId) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("VersionId", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAuthenticationToken sets the AuthenticationToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetDocumentVersionInput) SetAuthenticationToken(v string) *GetDocumentVersionInput {
|
|
s.AuthenticationToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDocumentId sets the DocumentId field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetDocumentVersionInput) SetDocumentId(v string) *GetDocumentVersionInput {
|
|
s.DocumentId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFields sets the Fields field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetDocumentVersionInput) SetFields(v string) *GetDocumentVersionInput {
|
|
s.Fields = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIncludeCustomMetadata sets the IncludeCustomMetadata field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetDocumentVersionInput) SetIncludeCustomMetadata(v bool) *GetDocumentVersionInput {
|
|
s.IncludeCustomMetadata = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetDocumentVersionInput) SetVersionId(v string) *GetDocumentVersionInput {
|
|
s.VersionId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/GetDocumentVersionResponse
|
|
type GetDocumentVersionOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The custom metadata on the document version.
|
|
CustomMetadata map[string]*string `min:"1" type:"map"`
|
|
|
|
// The version metadata.
|
|
Metadata *DocumentVersionMetadata `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetDocumentVersionOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetDocumentVersionOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCustomMetadata sets the CustomMetadata field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetDocumentVersionOutput) SetCustomMetadata(v map[string]*string) *GetDocumentVersionOutput {
|
|
s.CustomMetadata = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMetadata sets the Metadata field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetDocumentVersionOutput) SetMetadata(v *DocumentVersionMetadata) *GetDocumentVersionOutput {
|
|
s.Metadata = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/GetFolderRequest
|
|
type GetFolderInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Amazon WorkDocs authentication token. This field should not be set when using
|
|
// administrative API actions, as in accessing the API using AWS credentials.
|
|
AuthenticationToken *string `location:"header" locationName:"Authentication" min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the folder.
|
|
//
|
|
// FolderId is a required field
|
|
FolderId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"FolderId" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// Set to TRUE to include custom metadata in the response.
|
|
IncludeCustomMetadata *bool `location:"querystring" locationName:"includeCustomMetadata" type:"boolean"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetFolderInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetFolderInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *GetFolderInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetFolderInput"}
|
|
if s.AuthenticationToken != nil && len(*s.AuthenticationToken) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AuthenticationToken", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.FolderId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("FolderId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.FolderId != nil && len(*s.FolderId) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("FolderId", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAuthenticationToken sets the AuthenticationToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetFolderInput) SetAuthenticationToken(v string) *GetFolderInput {
|
|
s.AuthenticationToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFolderId sets the FolderId field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetFolderInput) SetFolderId(v string) *GetFolderInput {
|
|
s.FolderId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIncludeCustomMetadata sets the IncludeCustomMetadata field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetFolderInput) SetIncludeCustomMetadata(v bool) *GetFolderInput {
|
|
s.IncludeCustomMetadata = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/GetFolderResponse
|
|
type GetFolderOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The custom metadata on the folder.
|
|
CustomMetadata map[string]*string `min:"1" type:"map"`
|
|
|
|
// The metadata of the folder.
|
|
Metadata *FolderMetadata `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetFolderOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetFolderOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCustomMetadata sets the CustomMetadata field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetFolderOutput) SetCustomMetadata(v map[string]*string) *GetFolderOutput {
|
|
s.CustomMetadata = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMetadata sets the Metadata field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetFolderOutput) SetMetadata(v *FolderMetadata) *GetFolderOutput {
|
|
s.Metadata = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/GetFolderPathRequest
|
|
type GetFolderPathInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Amazon WorkDocs authentication token. This field should not be set when using
|
|
// administrative API actions, as in accessing the API using AWS credentials.
|
|
AuthenticationToken *string `location:"header" locationName:"Authentication" min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A comma-separated list of values. Specify "NAME" to include the names of
|
|
// the parent folders.
|
|
Fields *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"fields" min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the folder.
|
|
//
|
|
// FolderId is a required field
|
|
FolderId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"FolderId" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of levels in the hierarchy to return.
|
|
Limit *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"limit" min:"1" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// This value is not supported.
|
|
Marker *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"marker" min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetFolderPathInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetFolderPathInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *GetFolderPathInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetFolderPathInput"}
|
|
if s.AuthenticationToken != nil && len(*s.AuthenticationToken) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AuthenticationToken", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Fields != nil && len(*s.Fields) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Fields", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.FolderId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("FolderId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.FolderId != nil && len(*s.FolderId) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("FolderId", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Limit != nil && *s.Limit < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Limit", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Marker != nil && len(*s.Marker) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Marker", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAuthenticationToken sets the AuthenticationToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetFolderPathInput) SetAuthenticationToken(v string) *GetFolderPathInput {
|
|
s.AuthenticationToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFields sets the Fields field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetFolderPathInput) SetFields(v string) *GetFolderPathInput {
|
|
s.Fields = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFolderId sets the FolderId field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetFolderPathInput) SetFolderId(v string) *GetFolderPathInput {
|
|
s.FolderId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLimit sets the Limit field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetFolderPathInput) SetLimit(v int64) *GetFolderPathInput {
|
|
s.Limit = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetFolderPathInput) SetMarker(v string) *GetFolderPathInput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/GetFolderPathResponse
|
|
type GetFolderPathOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The path information.
|
|
Path *ResourcePath `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetFolderPathOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetFolderPathOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPath sets the Path field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetFolderPathOutput) SetPath(v *ResourcePath) *GetFolderPathOutput {
|
|
s.Path = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the metadata of a user group.
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/GroupMetadata
|
|
type GroupMetadata struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the user group.
|
|
Id *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the group.
|
|
Name *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GroupMetadata) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GroupMetadata) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetId sets the Id field's value.
|
|
func (s *GroupMetadata) SetId(v string) *GroupMetadata {
|
|
s.Id = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
|
|
func (s *GroupMetadata) SetName(v string) *GroupMetadata {
|
|
s.Name = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/InitiateDocumentVersionUploadRequest
|
|
type InitiateDocumentVersionUploadInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Amazon WorkDocs authentication token. This field should not be set when using
|
|
// administrative API actions, as in accessing the API using AWS credentials.
|
|
AuthenticationToken *string `location:"header" locationName:"Authentication" min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The time stamp when the content of the document was originally created.
|
|
ContentCreatedTimestamp *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"`
|
|
|
|
// The time stamp when the content of the document was modified.
|
|
ContentModifiedTimestamp *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"`
|
|
|
|
// The content type of the document.
|
|
ContentType *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The size of the document, in bytes.
|
|
DocumentSizeInBytes *int64 `type:"long"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the document.
|
|
Id *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the document.
|
|
Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the parent folder.
|
|
//
|
|
// ParentFolderId is a required field
|
|
ParentFolderId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s InitiateDocumentVersionUploadInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s InitiateDocumentVersionUploadInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *InitiateDocumentVersionUploadInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "InitiateDocumentVersionUploadInput"}
|
|
if s.AuthenticationToken != nil && len(*s.AuthenticationToken) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AuthenticationToken", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.ContentType != nil && len(*s.ContentType) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ContentType", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Id != nil && len(*s.Id) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Id", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.ParentFolderId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ParentFolderId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.ParentFolderId != nil && len(*s.ParentFolderId) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ParentFolderId", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAuthenticationToken sets the AuthenticationToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *InitiateDocumentVersionUploadInput) SetAuthenticationToken(v string) *InitiateDocumentVersionUploadInput {
|
|
s.AuthenticationToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetContentCreatedTimestamp sets the ContentCreatedTimestamp field's value.
|
|
func (s *InitiateDocumentVersionUploadInput) SetContentCreatedTimestamp(v time.Time) *InitiateDocumentVersionUploadInput {
|
|
s.ContentCreatedTimestamp = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetContentModifiedTimestamp sets the ContentModifiedTimestamp field's value.
|
|
func (s *InitiateDocumentVersionUploadInput) SetContentModifiedTimestamp(v time.Time) *InitiateDocumentVersionUploadInput {
|
|
s.ContentModifiedTimestamp = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetContentType sets the ContentType field's value.
|
|
func (s *InitiateDocumentVersionUploadInput) SetContentType(v string) *InitiateDocumentVersionUploadInput {
|
|
s.ContentType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDocumentSizeInBytes sets the DocumentSizeInBytes field's value.
|
|
func (s *InitiateDocumentVersionUploadInput) SetDocumentSizeInBytes(v int64) *InitiateDocumentVersionUploadInput {
|
|
s.DocumentSizeInBytes = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetId sets the Id field's value.
|
|
func (s *InitiateDocumentVersionUploadInput) SetId(v string) *InitiateDocumentVersionUploadInput {
|
|
s.Id = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
|
|
func (s *InitiateDocumentVersionUploadInput) SetName(v string) *InitiateDocumentVersionUploadInput {
|
|
s.Name = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetParentFolderId sets the ParentFolderId field's value.
|
|
func (s *InitiateDocumentVersionUploadInput) SetParentFolderId(v string) *InitiateDocumentVersionUploadInput {
|
|
s.ParentFolderId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/InitiateDocumentVersionUploadResponse
|
|
type InitiateDocumentVersionUploadOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The document metadata.
|
|
Metadata *DocumentMetadata `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The upload metadata.
|
|
UploadMetadata *UploadMetadata `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s InitiateDocumentVersionUploadOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s InitiateDocumentVersionUploadOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMetadata sets the Metadata field's value.
|
|
func (s *InitiateDocumentVersionUploadOutput) SetMetadata(v *DocumentMetadata) *InitiateDocumentVersionUploadOutput {
|
|
s.Metadata = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUploadMetadata sets the UploadMetadata field's value.
|
|
func (s *InitiateDocumentVersionUploadOutput) SetUploadMetadata(v *UploadMetadata) *InitiateDocumentVersionUploadOutput {
|
|
s.UploadMetadata = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the users and/or user groups.
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/Participants
|
|
type Participants struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The list of user groups.
|
|
Groups []*GroupMetadata `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The list of users.
|
|
Users []*UserMetadata `type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Participants) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Participants) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetGroups sets the Groups field's value.
|
|
func (s *Participants) SetGroups(v []*GroupMetadata) *Participants {
|
|
s.Groups = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUsers sets the Users field's value.
|
|
func (s *Participants) SetUsers(v []*UserMetadata) *Participants {
|
|
s.Users = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the permissions.
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/PermissionInfo
|
|
type PermissionInfo struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The role of the user.
|
|
Role *string `type:"string" enum:"RoleType"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of permissions.
|
|
Type *string `type:"string" enum:"RolePermissionType"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PermissionInfo) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PermissionInfo) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRole sets the Role field's value.
|
|
func (s *PermissionInfo) SetRole(v string) *PermissionInfo {
|
|
s.Role = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetType sets the Type field's value.
|
|
func (s *PermissionInfo) SetType(v string) *PermissionInfo {
|
|
s.Type = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a resource.
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/Principal
|
|
type Principal struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the resource.
|
|
Id *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The permission information for the resource.
|
|
Roles []*PermissionInfo `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of resource.
|
|
Type *string `type:"string" enum:"PrincipalType"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Principal) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Principal) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetId sets the Id field's value.
|
|
func (s *Principal) SetId(v string) *Principal {
|
|
s.Id = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRoles sets the Roles field's value.
|
|
func (s *Principal) SetRoles(v []*PermissionInfo) *Principal {
|
|
s.Roles = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetType sets the Type field's value.
|
|
func (s *Principal) SetType(v string) *Principal {
|
|
s.Type = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/RemoveAllResourcePermissionsRequest
|
|
type RemoveAllResourcePermissionsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Amazon WorkDocs authentication token. This field should not be set when using
|
|
// administrative API actions, as in accessing the API using AWS credentials.
|
|
AuthenticationToken *string `location:"header" locationName:"Authentication" min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the resource.
|
|
//
|
|
// ResourceId is a required field
|
|
ResourceId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"ResourceId" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RemoveAllResourcePermissionsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RemoveAllResourcePermissionsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *RemoveAllResourcePermissionsInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RemoveAllResourcePermissionsInput"}
|
|
if s.AuthenticationToken != nil && len(*s.AuthenticationToken) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AuthenticationToken", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.ResourceId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.ResourceId != nil && len(*s.ResourceId) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ResourceId", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAuthenticationToken sets the AuthenticationToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *RemoveAllResourcePermissionsInput) SetAuthenticationToken(v string) *RemoveAllResourcePermissionsInput {
|
|
s.AuthenticationToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetResourceId sets the ResourceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *RemoveAllResourcePermissionsInput) SetResourceId(v string) *RemoveAllResourcePermissionsInput {
|
|
s.ResourceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/RemoveAllResourcePermissionsOutput
|
|
type RemoveAllResourcePermissionsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RemoveAllResourcePermissionsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RemoveAllResourcePermissionsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/RemoveResourcePermissionRequest
|
|
type RemoveResourcePermissionInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Amazon WorkDocs authentication token. This field should not be set when using
|
|
// administrative API actions, as in accessing the API using AWS credentials.
|
|
AuthenticationToken *string `location:"header" locationName:"Authentication" min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The principal ID of the resource.
|
|
//
|
|
// PrincipalId is a required field
|
|
PrincipalId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"PrincipalId" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The principal type of the resource.
|
|
PrincipalType *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"type" type:"string" enum:"PrincipalType"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the resource.
|
|
//
|
|
// ResourceId is a required field
|
|
ResourceId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"ResourceId" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RemoveResourcePermissionInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RemoveResourcePermissionInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *RemoveResourcePermissionInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RemoveResourcePermissionInput"}
|
|
if s.AuthenticationToken != nil && len(*s.AuthenticationToken) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AuthenticationToken", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.PrincipalId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PrincipalId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.PrincipalId != nil && len(*s.PrincipalId) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("PrincipalId", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.ResourceId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.ResourceId != nil && len(*s.ResourceId) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ResourceId", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAuthenticationToken sets the AuthenticationToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *RemoveResourcePermissionInput) SetAuthenticationToken(v string) *RemoveResourcePermissionInput {
|
|
s.AuthenticationToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPrincipalId sets the PrincipalId field's value.
|
|
func (s *RemoveResourcePermissionInput) SetPrincipalId(v string) *RemoveResourcePermissionInput {
|
|
s.PrincipalId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPrincipalType sets the PrincipalType field's value.
|
|
func (s *RemoveResourcePermissionInput) SetPrincipalType(v string) *RemoveResourcePermissionInput {
|
|
s.PrincipalType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetResourceId sets the ResourceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *RemoveResourcePermissionInput) SetResourceId(v string) *RemoveResourcePermissionInput {
|
|
s.ResourceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/RemoveResourcePermissionOutput
|
|
type RemoveResourcePermissionOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RemoveResourcePermissionOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RemoveResourcePermissionOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the metadata of a resource.
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/ResourceMetadata
|
|
type ResourceMetadata struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the resource.
|
|
Id *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the resource.
|
|
Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The original name of the resource prior to a rename operation.
|
|
OriginalName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The owner of the resource.
|
|
Owner *UserMetadata `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The parent ID of the resource before a rename operation.
|
|
ParentId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of resource.
|
|
Type *string `type:"string" enum:"ResourceType"`
|
|
|
|
// The version ID of the resource. This is an optional field and is filled for
|
|
// action on document version.
|
|
VersionId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ResourceMetadata) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ResourceMetadata) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetId sets the Id field's value.
|
|
func (s *ResourceMetadata) SetId(v string) *ResourceMetadata {
|
|
s.Id = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
|
|
func (s *ResourceMetadata) SetName(v string) *ResourceMetadata {
|
|
s.Name = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOriginalName sets the OriginalName field's value.
|
|
func (s *ResourceMetadata) SetOriginalName(v string) *ResourceMetadata {
|
|
s.OriginalName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOwner sets the Owner field's value.
|
|
func (s *ResourceMetadata) SetOwner(v *UserMetadata) *ResourceMetadata {
|
|
s.Owner = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetParentId sets the ParentId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ResourceMetadata) SetParentId(v string) *ResourceMetadata {
|
|
s.ParentId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetType sets the Type field's value.
|
|
func (s *ResourceMetadata) SetType(v string) *ResourceMetadata {
|
|
s.Type = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ResourceMetadata) SetVersionId(v string) *ResourceMetadata {
|
|
s.VersionId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the path information of a resource.
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/ResourcePath
|
|
type ResourcePath struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The components of the resource path.
|
|
Components []*ResourcePathComponent `type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ResourcePath) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ResourcePath) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetComponents sets the Components field's value.
|
|
func (s *ResourcePath) SetComponents(v []*ResourcePathComponent) *ResourcePath {
|
|
s.Components = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the resource path.
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/ResourcePathComponent
|
|
type ResourcePathComponent struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the resource path.
|
|
Id *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the resource path.
|
|
Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ResourcePathComponent) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ResourcePathComponent) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetId sets the Id field's value.
|
|
func (s *ResourcePathComponent) SetId(v string) *ResourcePathComponent {
|
|
s.Id = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
|
|
func (s *ResourcePathComponent) SetName(v string) *ResourcePathComponent {
|
|
s.Name = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the recipient type and ID, if available.
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/SharePrincipal
|
|
type SharePrincipal struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the recipient.
|
|
//
|
|
// Id is a required field
|
|
Id *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The role of the recipient.
|
|
//
|
|
// Role is a required field
|
|
Role *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"RoleType"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of the recipient.
|
|
//
|
|
// Type is a required field
|
|
Type *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"PrincipalType"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s SharePrincipal) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s SharePrincipal) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *SharePrincipal) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "SharePrincipal"}
|
|
if s.Id == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Id != nil && len(*s.Id) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Id", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Role == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Role"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Type == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Type"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetId sets the Id field's value.
|
|
func (s *SharePrincipal) SetId(v string) *SharePrincipal {
|
|
s.Id = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRole sets the Role field's value.
|
|
func (s *SharePrincipal) SetRole(v string) *SharePrincipal {
|
|
s.Role = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetType sets the Type field's value.
|
|
func (s *SharePrincipal) SetType(v string) *SharePrincipal {
|
|
s.Type = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the share results of a resource.
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/ShareResult
|
|
type ShareResult struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the principal.
|
|
PrincipalId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The role.
|
|
Role *string `type:"string" enum:"RoleType"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the resource that was shared.
|
|
ShareId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The status.
|
|
Status *string `type:"string" enum:"ShareStatusType"`
|
|
|
|
// The status message.
|
|
StatusMessage *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ShareResult) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ShareResult) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPrincipalId sets the PrincipalId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ShareResult) SetPrincipalId(v string) *ShareResult {
|
|
s.PrincipalId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRole sets the Role field's value.
|
|
func (s *ShareResult) SetRole(v string) *ShareResult {
|
|
s.Role = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetShareId sets the ShareId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ShareResult) SetShareId(v string) *ShareResult {
|
|
s.ShareId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
|
|
func (s *ShareResult) SetStatus(v string) *ShareResult {
|
|
s.Status = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStatusMessage sets the StatusMessage field's value.
|
|
func (s *ShareResult) SetStatusMessage(v string) *ShareResult {
|
|
s.StatusMessage = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the storage for a user.
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/StorageRuleType
|
|
type StorageRuleType struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The amount of storage allocated, in bytes.
|
|
StorageAllocatedInBytes *int64 `type:"long"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of storage.
|
|
StorageType *string `type:"string" enum:"StorageType"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s StorageRuleType) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s StorageRuleType) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStorageAllocatedInBytes sets the StorageAllocatedInBytes field's value.
|
|
func (s *StorageRuleType) SetStorageAllocatedInBytes(v int64) *StorageRuleType {
|
|
s.StorageAllocatedInBytes = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStorageType sets the StorageType field's value.
|
|
func (s *StorageRuleType) SetStorageType(v string) *StorageRuleType {
|
|
s.StorageType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a subscription.
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/Subscription
|
|
type Subscription struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The endpoint of the subscription.
|
|
EndPoint *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The protocol of the subscription.
|
|
Protocol *string `type:"string" enum:"SubscriptionProtocolType"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the subscription.
|
|
SubscriptionId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Subscription) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Subscription) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEndPoint sets the EndPoint field's value.
|
|
func (s *Subscription) SetEndPoint(v string) *Subscription {
|
|
s.EndPoint = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetProtocol sets the Protocol field's value.
|
|
func (s *Subscription) SetProtocol(v string) *Subscription {
|
|
s.Protocol = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSubscriptionId sets the SubscriptionId field's value.
|
|
func (s *Subscription) SetSubscriptionId(v string) *Subscription {
|
|
s.SubscriptionId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/UpdateDocumentRequest
|
|
type UpdateDocumentInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Amazon WorkDocs authentication token. This field should not be set when using
|
|
// administrative API actions, as in accessing the API using AWS credentials.
|
|
AuthenticationToken *string `location:"header" locationName:"Authentication" min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the document.
|
|
//
|
|
// DocumentId is a required field
|
|
DocumentId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"DocumentId" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the document.
|
|
Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the parent folder.
|
|
ParentFolderId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The resource state of the document. Note that only ACTIVE and RECYCLED are
|
|
// supported.
|
|
ResourceState *string `type:"string" enum:"ResourceStateType"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UpdateDocumentInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UpdateDocumentInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *UpdateDocumentInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateDocumentInput"}
|
|
if s.AuthenticationToken != nil && len(*s.AuthenticationToken) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AuthenticationToken", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.DocumentId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DocumentId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.DocumentId != nil && len(*s.DocumentId) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DocumentId", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.ParentFolderId != nil && len(*s.ParentFolderId) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ParentFolderId", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAuthenticationToken sets the AuthenticationToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *UpdateDocumentInput) SetAuthenticationToken(v string) *UpdateDocumentInput {
|
|
s.AuthenticationToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDocumentId sets the DocumentId field's value.
|
|
func (s *UpdateDocumentInput) SetDocumentId(v string) *UpdateDocumentInput {
|
|
s.DocumentId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
|
|
func (s *UpdateDocumentInput) SetName(v string) *UpdateDocumentInput {
|
|
s.Name = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetParentFolderId sets the ParentFolderId field's value.
|
|
func (s *UpdateDocumentInput) SetParentFolderId(v string) *UpdateDocumentInput {
|
|
s.ParentFolderId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetResourceState sets the ResourceState field's value.
|
|
func (s *UpdateDocumentInput) SetResourceState(v string) *UpdateDocumentInput {
|
|
s.ResourceState = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/UpdateDocumentOutput
|
|
type UpdateDocumentOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UpdateDocumentOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UpdateDocumentOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/UpdateDocumentVersionRequest
|
|
type UpdateDocumentVersionInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Amazon WorkDocs authentication token. This field should not be set when using
|
|
// administrative API actions, as in accessing the API using AWS credentials.
|
|
AuthenticationToken *string `location:"header" locationName:"Authentication" min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the document.
|
|
//
|
|
// DocumentId is a required field
|
|
DocumentId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"DocumentId" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The version ID of the document.
|
|
//
|
|
// VersionId is a required field
|
|
VersionId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"VersionId" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The status of the version.
|
|
VersionStatus *string `type:"string" enum:"DocumentVersionStatus"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UpdateDocumentVersionInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UpdateDocumentVersionInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *UpdateDocumentVersionInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateDocumentVersionInput"}
|
|
if s.AuthenticationToken != nil && len(*s.AuthenticationToken) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AuthenticationToken", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.DocumentId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DocumentId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.DocumentId != nil && len(*s.DocumentId) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DocumentId", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.VersionId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VersionId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.VersionId != nil && len(*s.VersionId) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("VersionId", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAuthenticationToken sets the AuthenticationToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *UpdateDocumentVersionInput) SetAuthenticationToken(v string) *UpdateDocumentVersionInput {
|
|
s.AuthenticationToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDocumentId sets the DocumentId field's value.
|
|
func (s *UpdateDocumentVersionInput) SetDocumentId(v string) *UpdateDocumentVersionInput {
|
|
s.DocumentId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
|
|
func (s *UpdateDocumentVersionInput) SetVersionId(v string) *UpdateDocumentVersionInput {
|
|
s.VersionId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVersionStatus sets the VersionStatus field's value.
|
|
func (s *UpdateDocumentVersionInput) SetVersionStatus(v string) *UpdateDocumentVersionInput {
|
|
s.VersionStatus = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/UpdateDocumentVersionOutput
|
|
type UpdateDocumentVersionOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UpdateDocumentVersionOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UpdateDocumentVersionOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/UpdateFolderRequest
|
|
type UpdateFolderInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Amazon WorkDocs authentication token. This field should not be set when using
|
|
// administrative API actions, as in accessing the API using AWS credentials.
|
|
AuthenticationToken *string `location:"header" locationName:"Authentication" min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the folder.
|
|
//
|
|
// FolderId is a required field
|
|
FolderId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"FolderId" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the folder.
|
|
Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the parent folder.
|
|
ParentFolderId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The resource state of the folder. Note that only ACTIVE and RECYCLED are
|
|
// accepted values from the API.
|
|
ResourceState *string `type:"string" enum:"ResourceStateType"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UpdateFolderInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UpdateFolderInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *UpdateFolderInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateFolderInput"}
|
|
if s.AuthenticationToken != nil && len(*s.AuthenticationToken) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AuthenticationToken", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.FolderId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("FolderId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.FolderId != nil && len(*s.FolderId) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("FolderId", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.ParentFolderId != nil && len(*s.ParentFolderId) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ParentFolderId", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAuthenticationToken sets the AuthenticationToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *UpdateFolderInput) SetAuthenticationToken(v string) *UpdateFolderInput {
|
|
s.AuthenticationToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFolderId sets the FolderId field's value.
|
|
func (s *UpdateFolderInput) SetFolderId(v string) *UpdateFolderInput {
|
|
s.FolderId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
|
|
func (s *UpdateFolderInput) SetName(v string) *UpdateFolderInput {
|
|
s.Name = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetParentFolderId sets the ParentFolderId field's value.
|
|
func (s *UpdateFolderInput) SetParentFolderId(v string) *UpdateFolderInput {
|
|
s.ParentFolderId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetResourceState sets the ResourceState field's value.
|
|
func (s *UpdateFolderInput) SetResourceState(v string) *UpdateFolderInput {
|
|
s.ResourceState = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/UpdateFolderOutput
|
|
type UpdateFolderOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UpdateFolderOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UpdateFolderOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/UpdateUserRequest
|
|
type UpdateUserInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Amazon WorkDocs authentication token. This field should not be set when using
|
|
// administrative API actions, as in accessing the API using AWS credentials.
|
|
AuthenticationToken *string `location:"header" locationName:"Authentication" min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The given name of the user.
|
|
GivenName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The locale of the user.
|
|
Locale *string `type:"string" enum:"LocaleType"`
|
|
|
|
// The amount of storage for the user.
|
|
StorageRule *StorageRuleType `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The surname of the user.
|
|
Surname *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The time zone ID of the user.
|
|
TimeZoneId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of the user.
|
|
Type *string `type:"string" enum:"UserType"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the user.
|
|
//
|
|
// UserId is a required field
|
|
UserId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"UserId" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UpdateUserInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UpdateUserInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *UpdateUserInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateUserInput"}
|
|
if s.AuthenticationToken != nil && len(*s.AuthenticationToken) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AuthenticationToken", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.GivenName != nil && len(*s.GivenName) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("GivenName", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Surname != nil && len(*s.Surname) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Surname", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.TimeZoneId != nil && len(*s.TimeZoneId) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TimeZoneId", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.UserId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("UserId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.UserId != nil && len(*s.UserId) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("UserId", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAuthenticationToken sets the AuthenticationToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *UpdateUserInput) SetAuthenticationToken(v string) *UpdateUserInput {
|
|
s.AuthenticationToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetGivenName sets the GivenName field's value.
|
|
func (s *UpdateUserInput) SetGivenName(v string) *UpdateUserInput {
|
|
s.GivenName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLocale sets the Locale field's value.
|
|
func (s *UpdateUserInput) SetLocale(v string) *UpdateUserInput {
|
|
s.Locale = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStorageRule sets the StorageRule field's value.
|
|
func (s *UpdateUserInput) SetStorageRule(v *StorageRuleType) *UpdateUserInput {
|
|
s.StorageRule = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSurname sets the Surname field's value.
|
|
func (s *UpdateUserInput) SetSurname(v string) *UpdateUserInput {
|
|
s.Surname = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTimeZoneId sets the TimeZoneId field's value.
|
|
func (s *UpdateUserInput) SetTimeZoneId(v string) *UpdateUserInput {
|
|
s.TimeZoneId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetType sets the Type field's value.
|
|
func (s *UpdateUserInput) SetType(v string) *UpdateUserInput {
|
|
s.Type = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUserId sets the UserId field's value.
|
|
func (s *UpdateUserInput) SetUserId(v string) *UpdateUserInput {
|
|
s.UserId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/UpdateUserResponse
|
|
type UpdateUserOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The user information.
|
|
User *User `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UpdateUserOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UpdateUserOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUser sets the User field's value.
|
|
func (s *UpdateUserOutput) SetUser(v *User) *UpdateUserOutput {
|
|
s.User = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the upload.
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/UploadMetadata
|
|
type UploadMetadata struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The signed headers.
|
|
SignedHeaders map[string]*string `type:"map"`
|
|
|
|
// The URL of the upload.
|
|
UploadUrl *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UploadMetadata) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UploadMetadata) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSignedHeaders sets the SignedHeaders field's value.
|
|
func (s *UploadMetadata) SetSignedHeaders(v map[string]*string) *UploadMetadata {
|
|
s.SignedHeaders = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUploadUrl sets the UploadUrl field's value.
|
|
func (s *UploadMetadata) SetUploadUrl(v string) *UploadMetadata {
|
|
s.UploadUrl = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a user.
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/User
|
|
type User struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The time when the user was created.
|
|
CreatedTimestamp *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"`
|
|
|
|
// The email address of the user.
|
|
EmailAddress *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The given name of the user.
|
|
GivenName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the user.
|
|
Id *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The locale of the user.
|
|
Locale *string `type:"string" enum:"LocaleType"`
|
|
|
|
// The time when the user was modified.
|
|
ModifiedTimestamp *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the organization.
|
|
OrganizationId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the recycle bin folder.
|
|
RecycleBinFolderId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the root folder.
|
|
RootFolderId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The status of the user.
|
|
Status *string `type:"string" enum:"UserStatusType"`
|
|
|
|
// The storage for the user.
|
|
Storage *UserStorageMetadata `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The surname of the user.
|
|
Surname *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The time zone ID of the user.
|
|
TimeZoneId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of user.
|
|
Type *string `type:"string" enum:"UserType"`
|
|
|
|
// The login name of the user.
|
|
Username *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s User) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s User) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCreatedTimestamp sets the CreatedTimestamp field's value.
|
|
func (s *User) SetCreatedTimestamp(v time.Time) *User {
|
|
s.CreatedTimestamp = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEmailAddress sets the EmailAddress field's value.
|
|
func (s *User) SetEmailAddress(v string) *User {
|
|
s.EmailAddress = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetGivenName sets the GivenName field's value.
|
|
func (s *User) SetGivenName(v string) *User {
|
|
s.GivenName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetId sets the Id field's value.
|
|
func (s *User) SetId(v string) *User {
|
|
s.Id = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLocale sets the Locale field's value.
|
|
func (s *User) SetLocale(v string) *User {
|
|
s.Locale = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetModifiedTimestamp sets the ModifiedTimestamp field's value.
|
|
func (s *User) SetModifiedTimestamp(v time.Time) *User {
|
|
s.ModifiedTimestamp = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOrganizationId sets the OrganizationId field's value.
|
|
func (s *User) SetOrganizationId(v string) *User {
|
|
s.OrganizationId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRecycleBinFolderId sets the RecycleBinFolderId field's value.
|
|
func (s *User) SetRecycleBinFolderId(v string) *User {
|
|
s.RecycleBinFolderId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRootFolderId sets the RootFolderId field's value.
|
|
func (s *User) SetRootFolderId(v string) *User {
|
|
s.RootFolderId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
|
|
func (s *User) SetStatus(v string) *User {
|
|
s.Status = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStorage sets the Storage field's value.
|
|
func (s *User) SetStorage(v *UserStorageMetadata) *User {
|
|
s.Storage = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSurname sets the Surname field's value.
|
|
func (s *User) SetSurname(v string) *User {
|
|
s.Surname = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTimeZoneId sets the TimeZoneId field's value.
|
|
func (s *User) SetTimeZoneId(v string) *User {
|
|
s.TimeZoneId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetType sets the Type field's value.
|
|
func (s *User) SetType(v string) *User {
|
|
s.Type = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUsername sets the Username field's value.
|
|
func (s *User) SetUsername(v string) *User {
|
|
s.Username = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the metadata of the user.
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/UserMetadata
|
|
type UserMetadata struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The email address of the user.
|
|
EmailAddress *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The given name of the user before a rename operation.
|
|
GivenName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the user.
|
|
Id *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The surname of the user.
|
|
Surname *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The username of the user.
|
|
Username *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UserMetadata) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UserMetadata) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEmailAddress sets the EmailAddress field's value.
|
|
func (s *UserMetadata) SetEmailAddress(v string) *UserMetadata {
|
|
s.EmailAddress = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetGivenName sets the GivenName field's value.
|
|
func (s *UserMetadata) SetGivenName(v string) *UserMetadata {
|
|
s.GivenName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetId sets the Id field's value.
|
|
func (s *UserMetadata) SetId(v string) *UserMetadata {
|
|
s.Id = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSurname sets the Surname field's value.
|
|
func (s *UserMetadata) SetSurname(v string) *UserMetadata {
|
|
s.Surname = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUsername sets the Username field's value.
|
|
func (s *UserMetadata) SetUsername(v string) *UserMetadata {
|
|
s.Username = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the storage for a user.
|
|
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/workdocs-2016-05-01/UserStorageMetadata
|
|
type UserStorageMetadata struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The storage for a user.
|
|
StorageRule *StorageRuleType `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The amount of storage utilized, in bytes.
|
|
StorageUtilizedInBytes *int64 `type:"long"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UserStorageMetadata) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UserStorageMetadata) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStorageRule sets the StorageRule field's value.
|
|
func (s *UserStorageMetadata) SetStorageRule(v *StorageRuleType) *UserStorageMetadata {
|
|
s.StorageRule = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStorageUtilizedInBytes sets the StorageUtilizedInBytes field's value.
|
|
func (s *UserStorageMetadata) SetStorageUtilizedInBytes(v int64) *UserStorageMetadata {
|
|
s.StorageUtilizedInBytes = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// ActivityTypeDocumentCheckedIn is a ActivityType enum value
|
|
ActivityTypeDocumentCheckedIn = "DOCUMENT_CHECKED_IN"
|
|
|
|
// ActivityTypeDocumentCheckedOut is a ActivityType enum value
|
|
ActivityTypeDocumentCheckedOut = "DOCUMENT_CHECKED_OUT"
|
|
|
|
// ActivityTypeDocumentRenamed is a ActivityType enum value
|
|
ActivityTypeDocumentRenamed = "DOCUMENT_RENAMED"
|
|
|
|
// ActivityTypeDocumentVersionUploaded is a ActivityType enum value
|
|
ActivityTypeDocumentVersionUploaded = "DOCUMENT_VERSION_UPLOADED"
|
|
|
|
// ActivityTypeDocumentVersionDeleted is a ActivityType enum value
|
|
ActivityTypeDocumentVersionDeleted = "DOCUMENT_VERSION_DELETED"
|
|
|
|
// ActivityTypeDocumentRecycled is a ActivityType enum value
|
|
ActivityTypeDocumentRecycled = "DOCUMENT_RECYCLED"
|
|
|
|
// ActivityTypeDocumentRestored is a ActivityType enum value
|
|
ActivityTypeDocumentRestored = "DOCUMENT_RESTORED"
|
|
|
|
// ActivityTypeDocumentReverted is a ActivityType enum value
|
|
ActivityTypeDocumentReverted = "DOCUMENT_REVERTED"
|
|
|
|
// ActivityTypeDocumentShared is a ActivityType enum value
|
|
ActivityTypeDocumentShared = "DOCUMENT_SHARED"
|
|
|
|
// ActivityTypeDocumentUnshared is a ActivityType enum value
|
|
ActivityTypeDocumentUnshared = "DOCUMENT_UNSHARED"
|
|
|
|
// ActivityTypeDocumentSharePermissionChanged is a ActivityType enum value
|
|
ActivityTypeDocumentSharePermissionChanged = "DOCUMENT_SHARE_PERMISSION_CHANGED"
|
|
|
|
// ActivityTypeDocumentShareableLinkCreated is a ActivityType enum value
|
|
ActivityTypeDocumentShareableLinkCreated = "DOCUMENT_SHAREABLE_LINK_CREATED"
|
|
|
|
// ActivityTypeDocumentShareableLinkRemoved is a ActivityType enum value
|
|
ActivityTypeDocumentShareableLinkRemoved = "DOCUMENT_SHAREABLE_LINK_REMOVED"
|
|
|
|
// ActivityTypeDocumentShareableLinkPermissionChanged is a ActivityType enum value
|
|
ActivityTypeDocumentShareableLinkPermissionChanged = "DOCUMENT_SHAREABLE_LINK_PERMISSION_CHANGED"
|
|
|
|
// ActivityTypeDocumentMoved is a ActivityType enum value
|
|
ActivityTypeDocumentMoved = "DOCUMENT_MOVED"
|
|
|
|
// ActivityTypeDocumentCommentAdded is a ActivityType enum value
|
|
ActivityTypeDocumentCommentAdded = "DOCUMENT_COMMENT_ADDED"
|
|
|
|
// ActivityTypeDocumentCommentDeleted is a ActivityType enum value
|
|
ActivityTypeDocumentCommentDeleted = "DOCUMENT_COMMENT_DELETED"
|
|
|
|
// ActivityTypeDocumentAnnotationAdded is a ActivityType enum value
|
|
ActivityTypeDocumentAnnotationAdded = "DOCUMENT_ANNOTATION_ADDED"
|
|
|
|
// ActivityTypeDocumentAnnotationDeleted is a ActivityType enum value
|
|
ActivityTypeDocumentAnnotationDeleted = "DOCUMENT_ANNOTATION_DELETED"
|
|
|
|
// ActivityTypeFolderCreated is a ActivityType enum value
|
|
ActivityTypeFolderCreated = "FOLDER_CREATED"
|
|
|
|
// ActivityTypeFolderDeleted is a ActivityType enum value
|
|
ActivityTypeFolderDeleted = "FOLDER_DELETED"
|
|
|
|
// ActivityTypeFolderRenamed is a ActivityType enum value
|
|
ActivityTypeFolderRenamed = "FOLDER_RENAMED"
|
|
|
|
// ActivityTypeFolderRecycled is a ActivityType enum value
|
|
ActivityTypeFolderRecycled = "FOLDER_RECYCLED"
|
|
|
|
// ActivityTypeFolderRestored is a ActivityType enum value
|
|
ActivityTypeFolderRestored = "FOLDER_RESTORED"
|
|
|
|
// ActivityTypeFolderShared is a ActivityType enum value
|
|
ActivityTypeFolderShared = "FOLDER_SHARED"
|
|
|
|
// ActivityTypeFolderUnshared is a ActivityType enum value
|
|
ActivityTypeFolderUnshared = "FOLDER_UNSHARED"
|
|
|
|
// ActivityTypeFolderSharePermissionChanged is a ActivityType enum value
|
|
ActivityTypeFolderSharePermissionChanged = "FOLDER_SHARE_PERMISSION_CHANGED"
|
|
|
|
// ActivityTypeFolderShareableLinkCreated is a ActivityType enum value
|
|
ActivityTypeFolderShareableLinkCreated = "FOLDER_SHAREABLE_LINK_CREATED"
|
|
|
|
// ActivityTypeFolderShareableLinkRemoved is a ActivityType enum value
|
|
ActivityTypeFolderShareableLinkRemoved = "FOLDER_SHAREABLE_LINK_REMOVED"
|
|
|
|
// ActivityTypeFolderShareableLinkPermissionChanged is a ActivityType enum value
|
|
ActivityTypeFolderShareableLinkPermissionChanged = "FOLDER_SHAREABLE_LINK_PERMISSION_CHANGED"
|
|
|
|
// ActivityTypeFolderMoved is a ActivityType enum value
|
|
ActivityTypeFolderMoved = "FOLDER_MOVED"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// CommentStatusTypeDraft is a CommentStatusType enum value
|
|
CommentStatusTypeDraft = "DRAFT"
|
|
|
|
// CommentStatusTypePublished is a CommentStatusType enum value
|
|
CommentStatusTypePublished = "PUBLISHED"
|
|
|
|
// CommentStatusTypeDeleted is a CommentStatusType enum value
|
|
CommentStatusTypeDeleted = "DELETED"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// CommentVisibilityTypePublic is a CommentVisibilityType enum value
|
|
CommentVisibilityTypePublic = "PUBLIC"
|
|
|
|
// CommentVisibilityTypePrivate is a CommentVisibilityType enum value
|
|
CommentVisibilityTypePrivate = "PRIVATE"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// DocumentSourceTypeOriginal is a DocumentSourceType enum value
|
|
DocumentSourceTypeOriginal = "ORIGINAL"
|
|
|
|
// DocumentSourceTypeWithComments is a DocumentSourceType enum value
|
|
DocumentSourceTypeWithComments = "WITH_COMMENTS"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// DocumentStatusTypeInitialized is a DocumentStatusType enum value
|
|
DocumentStatusTypeInitialized = "INITIALIZED"
|
|
|
|
// DocumentStatusTypeActive is a DocumentStatusType enum value
|
|
DocumentStatusTypeActive = "ACTIVE"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// DocumentThumbnailTypeSmall is a DocumentThumbnailType enum value
|
|
DocumentThumbnailTypeSmall = "SMALL"
|
|
|
|
// DocumentThumbnailTypeSmallHq is a DocumentThumbnailType enum value
|
|
DocumentThumbnailTypeSmallHq = "SMALL_HQ"
|
|
|
|
// DocumentThumbnailTypeLarge is a DocumentThumbnailType enum value
|
|
DocumentThumbnailTypeLarge = "LARGE"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// DocumentVersionStatusActive is a DocumentVersionStatus enum value
|
|
DocumentVersionStatusActive = "ACTIVE"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// FolderContentTypeAll is a FolderContentType enum value
|
|
FolderContentTypeAll = "ALL"
|
|
|
|
// FolderContentTypeDocument is a FolderContentType enum value
|
|
FolderContentTypeDocument = "DOCUMENT"
|
|
|
|
// FolderContentTypeFolder is a FolderContentType enum value
|
|
FolderContentTypeFolder = "FOLDER"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// LocaleTypeEn is a LocaleType enum value
|
|
LocaleTypeEn = "en"
|
|
|
|
// LocaleTypeFr is a LocaleType enum value
|
|
LocaleTypeFr = "fr"
|
|
|
|
// LocaleTypeKo is a LocaleType enum value
|
|
LocaleTypeKo = "ko"
|
|
|
|
// LocaleTypeDe is a LocaleType enum value
|
|
LocaleTypeDe = "de"
|
|
|
|
// LocaleTypeEs is a LocaleType enum value
|
|
LocaleTypeEs = "es"
|
|
|
|
// LocaleTypeJa is a LocaleType enum value
|
|
LocaleTypeJa = "ja"
|
|
|
|
// LocaleTypeRu is a LocaleType enum value
|
|
LocaleTypeRu = "ru"
|
|
|
|
// LocaleTypeZhCn is a LocaleType enum value
|
|
LocaleTypeZhCn = "zh_CN"
|
|
|
|
// LocaleTypeZhTw is a LocaleType enum value
|
|
LocaleTypeZhTw = "zh_TW"
|
|
|
|
// LocaleTypePtBr is a LocaleType enum value
|
|
LocaleTypePtBr = "pt_BR"
|
|
|
|
// LocaleTypeDefault is a LocaleType enum value
|
|
LocaleTypeDefault = "default"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// OrderTypeAscending is a OrderType enum value
|
|
OrderTypeAscending = "ASCENDING"
|
|
|
|
// OrderTypeDescending is a OrderType enum value
|
|
OrderTypeDescending = "DESCENDING"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// PrincipalTypeUser is a PrincipalType enum value
|
|
PrincipalTypeUser = "USER"
|
|
|
|
// PrincipalTypeGroup is a PrincipalType enum value
|
|
PrincipalTypeGroup = "GROUP"
|
|
|
|
// PrincipalTypeInvite is a PrincipalType enum value
|
|
PrincipalTypeInvite = "INVITE"
|
|
|
|
// PrincipalTypeAnonymous is a PrincipalType enum value
|
|
PrincipalTypeAnonymous = "ANONYMOUS"
|
|
|
|
// PrincipalTypeOrganization is a PrincipalType enum value
|
|
PrincipalTypeOrganization = "ORGANIZATION"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// ResourceSortTypeDate is a ResourceSortType enum value
|
|
ResourceSortTypeDate = "DATE"
|
|
|
|
// ResourceSortTypeName is a ResourceSortType enum value
|
|
ResourceSortTypeName = "NAME"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// ResourceStateTypeActive is a ResourceStateType enum value
|
|
ResourceStateTypeActive = "ACTIVE"
|
|
|
|
// ResourceStateTypeRestoring is a ResourceStateType enum value
|
|
ResourceStateTypeRestoring = "RESTORING"
|
|
|
|
// ResourceStateTypeRecycling is a ResourceStateType enum value
|
|
ResourceStateTypeRecycling = "RECYCLING"
|
|
|
|
// ResourceStateTypeRecycled is a ResourceStateType enum value
|
|
ResourceStateTypeRecycled = "RECYCLED"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// ResourceTypeFolder is a ResourceType enum value
|
|
ResourceTypeFolder = "FOLDER"
|
|
|
|
// ResourceTypeDocument is a ResourceType enum value
|
|
ResourceTypeDocument = "DOCUMENT"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// RolePermissionTypeDirect is a RolePermissionType enum value
|
|
RolePermissionTypeDirect = "DIRECT"
|
|
|
|
// RolePermissionTypeInherited is a RolePermissionType enum value
|
|
RolePermissionTypeInherited = "INHERITED"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// RoleTypeViewer is a RoleType enum value
|
|
RoleTypeViewer = "VIEWER"
|
|
|
|
// RoleTypeContributor is a RoleType enum value
|
|
RoleTypeContributor = "CONTRIBUTOR"
|
|
|
|
// RoleTypeOwner is a RoleType enum value
|
|
RoleTypeOwner = "OWNER"
|
|
|
|
// RoleTypeCoowner is a RoleType enum value
|
|
RoleTypeCoowner = "COOWNER"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// ShareStatusTypeSuccess is a ShareStatusType enum value
|
|
ShareStatusTypeSuccess = "SUCCESS"
|
|
|
|
// ShareStatusTypeFailure is a ShareStatusType enum value
|
|
ShareStatusTypeFailure = "FAILURE"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// StorageTypeUnlimited is a StorageType enum value
|
|
StorageTypeUnlimited = "UNLIMITED"
|
|
|
|
// StorageTypeQuota is a StorageType enum value
|
|
StorageTypeQuota = "QUOTA"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// SubscriptionProtocolTypeHttps is a SubscriptionProtocolType enum value
|
|
SubscriptionProtocolTypeHttps = "HTTPS"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// SubscriptionTypeAll is a SubscriptionType enum value
|
|
SubscriptionTypeAll = "ALL"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// UserFilterTypeAll is a UserFilterType enum value
|
|
UserFilterTypeAll = "ALL"
|
|
|
|
// UserFilterTypeActivePending is a UserFilterType enum value
|
|
UserFilterTypeActivePending = "ACTIVE_PENDING"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// UserSortTypeUserName is a UserSortType enum value
|
|
UserSortTypeUserName = "USER_NAME"
|
|
|
|
// UserSortTypeFullName is a UserSortType enum value
|
|
UserSortTypeFullName = "FULL_NAME"
|
|
|
|
// UserSortTypeStorageLimit is a UserSortType enum value
|
|
UserSortTypeStorageLimit = "STORAGE_LIMIT"
|
|
|
|
// UserSortTypeUserStatus is a UserSortType enum value
|
|
UserSortTypeUserStatus = "USER_STATUS"
|
|
|
|
// UserSortTypeStorageUsed is a UserSortType enum value
|
|
UserSortTypeStorageUsed = "STORAGE_USED"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// UserStatusTypeActive is a UserStatusType enum value
|
|
UserStatusTypeActive = "ACTIVE"
|
|
|
|
// UserStatusTypeInactive is a UserStatusType enum value
|
|
UserStatusTypeInactive = "INACTIVE"
|
|
|
|
// UserStatusTypePending is a UserStatusType enum value
|
|
UserStatusTypePending = "PENDING"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// UserTypeUser is a UserType enum value
|
|
UserTypeUser = "USER"
|
|
|
|
// UserTypeAdmin is a UserType enum value
|
|
UserTypeAdmin = "ADMIN"
|
|
)
|